WO2021244546A1 - 资源信息的传输方法及装置 - Google Patents

资源信息的传输方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021244546A1
WO2021244546A1 PCT/CN2021/097757 CN2021097757W WO2021244546A1 WO 2021244546 A1 WO2021244546 A1 WO 2021244546A1 CN 2021097757 W CN2021097757 W CN 2021097757W WO 2021244546 A1 WO2021244546 A1 WO 2021244546A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
control information
information
available resources
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/097757
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张莉莉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021244546A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021244546A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular to a method and device for transmitting resource information.
  • SL sidelink
  • mode 1 mode 1
  • mode 2 mode 2
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • SL mode 2 there will be a hidden terminal problem (HTP).
  • HTP hidden terminal problem
  • the resource usage of the terminals around the terminal 1 can be detected, but the resource usage of the terminals around the terminal 2 cannot be detected.
  • the idle resource 1 selected by the terminal 1 according to the resource usage of the terminals around the terminal 1 may have been used by the terminals 3 around the terminal 2.
  • the terminal 1 uses the idle resource 1 to send data to the terminal 2, it may be interfered by the terminal 3 and cause the data transmission to fail. This problem occurs because the terminal 3 is a hidden node that has not been discovered by the terminal 1, which interferes with the data transmission of the terminal 1.
  • the radio access network (RAN) plenum proposed that the receiving terminal can assist the transmitting terminal in resource selection, so as to help the transmitting terminal select more reliable and effective resources in the resource selection of the SL.
  • the receiving terminal assists the transmitting terminal in resource selection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method and device for transmitting resource information, which can enable a receiving terminal to send information about available resources to a sending terminal, so as to assist the sending terminal in resource selection.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting resource information.
  • the method includes: a first terminal sends first control information to a second terminal, where the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resource information Information; the first terminal receives second control information from the second terminal, the second control information includes indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may send to the second terminal first control information for instructing the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and receive a second control including information about available resources from the second terminal information.
  • the second terminal may send the information of the available resource to the first terminal to assist the first terminal in resource selection.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first terminal can trigger the second terminal to feed back information about available resources through the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field in the first control information indicating reserved resources and/or indicating data information Field.
  • the field indicating the reserved resource includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period before being occupied by the second indication information.
  • the first indication information may indicate through a reserved field in the first control information that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the second indication information may indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources through the field indicating the reserved resource and/or the field indicating the data information in the first control information.
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information. Based on the above method, the meaning of the first control information is rewritten, and it may not be used to reserve resources, but to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources
  • the method further includes: the first terminal sends third control information to the second terminal, where the third control information is used to indicate the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal may indicate through the first indication information that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and through the third control information, indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • a piece of control information may include a small number of bits.
  • the first terminal may instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources through two pieces of control information.
  • One piece is used to indicate that the function of the first control information is to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and one piece is used to indicate the target identifier of the available resources for feedback.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first terminal can indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources through the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification.
  • the first terminal can indicate to the terminal that has received the first control information and the third control information the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources and the identification of the terminal that sent the first control information (ie, the first terminal).
  • the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information can know whether it needs to feed back available resources, and to whom to feed back available resources.
  • the first terminal can also indicate to the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information the identity of the terminal to receive the data, so that the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information knows it Whether it is necessary to receive data according to the first control information and the third control information.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal may notify the second terminal of the role of the third control information through the first indication information in the first control information; or, the first terminal may notify the second terminal through the third indication information in the first control information. The role of the terminal's third control information.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or , The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first terminal may indicate the role of the first control information through the reserved field in the first control information; or, the first terminal may indicate the first control through the field indicating the reserved resources in the first control information. The role of information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information
  • the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information
  • the field of the third control information format the first terminal may indicate the role of the first control information through the reserved field in the first control information and the field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first terminal may use the reserved field in the first control information
  • the field indicating the reserved resources and the field indicating the format of the third control information indicate the role of the first control information.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first terminal can indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources through the third control information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resource and/or the indication information of the data in the first control information can retain the original meaning, and While instructing the second terminal to feed back the available resources, it indicates the reserved resources and/or related information of the data to be sent by the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes MCS, DMRS mode, and DMRS port Number, or at least one of the offset instructions.
  • the first terminal can indicate the resource to be reserved by using at least one of resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period, through MCS, DMRS mode, DMRS port number, or offset indication. At least one item of related information indicating data to be sent by the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the second terminal can indicate the available resources in the above three ways, which improves the diversity and flexibility of the second terminal in indicating the available resources. Among them, the number of bits of the group ID is less than the number of bits of the target ID, and the number of bits of the group member ID is also less than the number of bits of the target ID.
  • the indication information of available resources includes at least one group ID, the ID of the group members in the group, and the Information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, when the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member ID, and the information about the available resource corresponding to the group member ID, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one purpose When identifying the information of the available resource corresponding to the target identifier, the indication information of the available resource includes fewer bits.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the second terminal may also use the identifier of the multicast group or service group and the identifier of the group members in the group to indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one destination identifier, and the Information about the available resources corresponding to the destination identifier. Based on the above method, when the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups or the same group, the second terminal can indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back through the destination identifier.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and the group The member ID in the group member ID, and the information about the available resources corresponding to the member ID.
  • the second terminal can indicate to which terminal the information of available resources is fed back through the group identifier and the group member identifier in the group.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier. Based on the above method, when the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group, the second terminal can indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back through the group member identifier.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information in the second control information can be used to indicate that the second control information contains the available Instructions for the resource. In this way, after receiving the second control information, the first terminal can know that the second control information is used to feed back information about available resources.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the reserved field in the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the resource is available for use through the foregoing first field.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the method further includes: the first terminal receives from the second terminal
  • the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the first terminal may also receive the information from the second terminal before receiving the second control information.
  • Fourth control information used to indicate the role of the second control information. In this way, after receiving the fourth control information, the first terminal may receive the second control information including the indication information of the available resources according to the fourth control information.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the fourth indication information in the fourth control information.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second terminal can indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the reserved field in the fourth control information or the field where the second-level side link control information format is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the first terminal after receiving the second control information, the first terminal can determine the priority of the available resource according to the priority information of the available resource. In this way, the first terminal can consider the priority when making resource selection. For high-priority data, high-priority resources can be used.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the second terminal may indicate the terminal corresponding to the one or more resource sets through the target identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets. In this way, the terminal that receives the second control information can determine whether the second information contains available resources for feedback to itself.
  • the second terminal includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to a second threshold; Wherein, the first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with the feedback message. Based on the foregoing method, the first terminal can determine which terminals are required to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first parameter is a channel state information (channel state information, CSI) measurement result measured by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a preset time period CSI measurement results measured by the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to the second terminal within a preset time period; or, the first The parameter is the percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message received from the second terminal by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is the percentage of the first terminal based on the second terminal within the preset time period.
  • CSI channel state information
  • the first parameter of the second terminal may be any of the foregoing. In this way, the first terminal may determine the second terminal in a variety of reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) measured by the reference signal sent by the terminal; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal within a preset time period; Alternatively, the first parameter is a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) measured by the first terminal based on a signal sent by the second terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a preset During the time period, the second terminal measures the RSSI based on the signal sent by the first terminal; or, the first parameter is the reference signal measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal during the preset time period Received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ); or, the first parameter is the RSRQ measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal within a preset time period.
  • the second terminal belongs to the first multicast group; the second parameter is that the feedback message sent by the first terminal to the terminals of the first multicast group within a preset time period is negative The percentage of confirmation messages; or, the second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages received by the first terminal from the terminals of the first multicast group within the preset time period.
  • the second parameter of the second terminal may be any of the foregoing. In this way, the first terminal may determine the second terminal in a variety of ways. The diversity and flexibility for the first terminal to determine the second terminal are improved.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • the second terminal can send the information about available resources to the first terminal and other terminals to assist the first terminal and other terminals in making resources choose. It should be noted that, in this case, the second terminal sends a piece of control information to feed back information about available resources to the first terminal and other terminals, which saves signaling overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting resource information.
  • the method includes: a second terminal receives first control information from a first terminal, where the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources ⁇ ; The second terminal sends second control information to the first terminal, the second control information contains indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may receive the first control information from the first terminal for instructing the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and send the second control including the information about the available resources to the first terminal information.
  • the second terminal may send the information of the available resource to the first terminal to assist the first terminal in resource selection.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first terminal can trigger the second terminal to feed back information about available resources through the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field in the first control information indicating reserved resources and/or indicating data information Field.
  • the field indicating the reserved resource includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period before being occupied by the second indication information.
  • the first indication information may indicate through a reserved field in the first control information that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the second indication information may indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources through the field indicating the reserved resource and/or the field indicating the data information in the first control information.
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information. Based on the above method, the meaning of the first control information is rewritten, and it may not be used to reserve resources, but to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources
  • the method It also includes: the second terminal receives third control information from all the first terminals, where the third control information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal may indicate through the first indication information that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and through the third control information, indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • a piece of control information may include a small number of bits.
  • the first terminal may instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources through two pieces of control information. One piece is used to indicate that the function of the first control information is to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and one piece is used to indicate the target identifier of the available resources for feedback.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first terminal can indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources through the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification.
  • the first terminal can indicate to the terminal that has received the first control information and the third control information the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources and the identification of the terminal that sent the first control information (ie, the first terminal).
  • the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information can know whether it needs to feed back available resources, and to whom to feed back available resources.
  • the first terminal can also indicate to the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information the identity of the terminal to receive the data, so that the terminal receiving the first control information and the third control information knows it Whether it is necessary to receive data according to the first control information and the third control information.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal may notify the second terminal of the role of the third control information through the first indication information in the first control information; or, the first terminal may notify the second terminal through the third indication information in the first control information. The role of the terminal's third control information.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or , The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first terminal may indicate the role of the first control information through the reserved field in the first control information; or, the first terminal may indicate the first control through the field indicating the reserved resources in the first control information. The role of information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information
  • the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information
  • the field of the third control information format the first terminal may indicate the role of the first control information through the reserved field in the first control information and the field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first terminal may use the reserved field in the first control information
  • the field indicating the reserved resources and the field indicating the format of the third control information indicate the role of the first control information.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first terminal can indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources through the third control information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resource and/or the indication information of the data in the first control information can retain the original meaning, and While instructing the second terminal to feed back the available resources, it indicates the reserved resources and/or related information of the data to be sent by the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes modulation and coding scheme MCS, demodulation At least one of reference signal DMRS mode, DMRS port number, or offset indication.
  • the first terminal can indicate the resource to be reserved by using at least one of resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period, through MCS, DMRS mode, DMRS port number, or offset indication. At least one item of related information indicating data to be sent by the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the second terminal can indicate the available resources in the above three ways, which improves the diversity and flexibility of the second terminal in indicating the available resources. Among them, the number of bits of the group ID is less than the number of bits of the target ID, and the number of bits of the group member ID is also less than the number of bits of the target ID.
  • the indication information of available resources includes at least one group ID, the ID of the group members in the group, and the Information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, when the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member ID, and the information about the available resource corresponding to the group member ID, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one purpose When identifying the information of the available resource corresponding to the target identifier, the indication information of the available resource includes fewer bits.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the second terminal may also use the identifier of the multicast group or service group and the identifier of the group members in the group to indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one destination identifier, and the Information about the available resources corresponding to the destination identifier. Based on the above method, when the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups or the same group, the second terminal can indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back through the destination identifier.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and the group The member ID in the group member ID, and the information about the available resources corresponding to the member ID.
  • the second terminal can indicate to which terminal the information of available resources is fed back through the group identifier and the group member identifier in the group.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal belong to the same group
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the second terminal can use the group member identifier to indicate to which terminal the information of the available resources is fed back.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information in the second control information can be used to indicate that the second control information contains the available Instructions for the resource. In this way, after receiving the second control information, the first terminal can know that the second control information is used to feed back information about available resources.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the reserved field in the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the resource is available for use through the foregoing first field.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the method further includes: the second terminal sends to the second terminal Fourth control information, where the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource.
  • the second terminal may also send the second control information to the first terminal before sending the second control information to the first terminal.
  • a terminal sends fourth control information used to indicate the role of the second control information. In this way, after receiving the fourth control information, the first terminal may receive the second control information including the indication information of the available resources according to the fourth control information.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the second terminal may indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the fourth indication information in the fourth control information.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second terminal can indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource through the reserved field in the fourth control information or the field where the second-level side link control information format is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the first terminal after receiving the second control information, the first terminal can determine the priority of the available resource according to the priority information of the available resource. In this way, the first terminal can consider the priority when making resource selection. For high-priority data, high-priority resources can be used.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the second terminal may indicate the terminal corresponding to the one or more resource sets through the target identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets. In this way, the terminal that receives the second control information can determine whether the second information contains available resources for feedback to itself.
  • the second terminal includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to a second threshold; Wherein, the first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with feedback information. Based on the foregoing method, the first terminal can determine which terminals are required to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the second terminal within a preset time period Measurement result; or, the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback message sent by the first terminal to the second terminal within a preset period of time; or, the first parameter is within a preset period of time, The percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message received by the first terminal from the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal within a preset time period Or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal within a preset period of time; or, the first parameter is within the preset period of time, the first terminal based on the The RSSI measured by the signal sent by the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the RSSI measured by the second terminal based on the signal sent by the first terminal within a
  • the second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period; or The second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages received by the first terminal from terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period.
  • the second parameter of the second terminal may be any of the foregoing. In this way, the first terminal may determine the second terminal in a variety of ways. The diversity and flexibility for the first terminal to determine the second terminal are improved.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • the second terminal can send the information about available resources to the first terminal and other terminals to assist the first terminal and other terminals in making resources choose. It should be noted that, in this case, the second terminal sends a piece of control information to feed back information about available resources to the first terminal and other terminals, which saves signaling overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource information transmission method, the method includes: a third terminal receives control information from a second terminal, the control information includes information about available resources that the second terminal feeds back to the first terminal ; The third terminal selects available resources according to the control information.
  • the third terminal may receive control information from the second terminal, and select available resources according to the control information. In this way, the third terminal can select available resources for data transmission after receiving the control information.
  • the control information is sent by the second terminal triggered by the first terminal
  • the third terminal selecting available resources according to the control information includes: when the third terminal selects the available resources, determining The available resources indicated in the control information are not selected. Based on the above method, if the first terminal triggers the second terminal to send the control information, the available resources in the control information may be used by the first terminal. Therefore, when the third terminal selects the available resources, it excludes the control information. Available resources. In this way, the third terminal can select unused resources to transmit data, which improves the transmission efficiency of data transmitted by the third terminal.
  • that the third terminal selects available resources according to the control information includes: the third terminal determines a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to determine whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available; The third terminal selects available resources according to the first parameter. Based on the foregoing method, the third terminal may determine the first parameter used to determine whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available, and select the available resource according to the first parameter. In this way, the third terminal can select resources with higher transmission efficiency.
  • the first parameter includes RSRP threshold, RSSI threshold, RSRQ threshold, or priority.
  • the third terminal can select available resources according to the RSRP threshold, RSSI threshold, RSRQ threshold, or priority, so as to improve the transmission efficiency of the third terminal's data transmission.
  • the first parameter is a function of the second parameter, and the second parameter is used to determine whether the reserved resource is available.
  • the first terminal can obtain the first parameter according to the second parameter used to determine whether the reserved resource is available. In this way, no signaling is needed to indicate the first parameter again, which reduces signaling overhead.
  • the control information is not sent by the first terminal triggered by the second terminal.
  • the third terminal may have a corresponding method to select available resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes: a sending module and a receiving module; the sending module is used to send first control information to a second terminal, and the first control information is used to indicate the The second terminal feeds back information about available resources; the receiving module is configured to receive second control information from the second terminal, the second control information includes indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the communication device Available resources.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field in the first control information indicating reserved resources and/or indicating data information Field.
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and the sending module , Is also used to send third control information to the second terminal, where the third control information is used to indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification. The identity of the communicating terminal.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or , The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information, the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information The field of the third control information format.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes MCS, DMRS mode, and DMRS port Number, or at least one of the offset instructions.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and the target identifier Corresponding information about available resources.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group;
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and Group member ID, and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group, and the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the fourth level from the second terminal. Control information, where the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the second terminal includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to a second threshold; Wherein, the first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with the feedback message.
  • the first parameter is a channel state information CSI measurement result measured by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a preset time period that the second terminal measures
  • the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback message sent by the communication device to the second terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is within a preset time period
  • the communication device receives the percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message from the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the reference signal reception measured by the communication device based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal within a preset time period Power RSRP; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the communication device based on the preset time period
  • the received signal strength indicator RSSI measured by the signal sent by the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the RSSI measured by the second terminal based on the signal sent by the communication device within a preset time
  • the second terminal belongs to the first multicast group; the second parameter is a negative confirmation in the feedback message sent by the communication device to the terminal of the first multicast group within a preset time period The percentage of messages; or, the second parameter is the percentage of negative acknowledgement messages in the feedback messages received by the communication device from the terminals of the first multicast group within the preset time period.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes: a receiving module and a sending module; the receiving module is configured to receive first control information from a first terminal, and the first control information is used to indicate the The communication device feeds back information about available resources; the sending module is configured to send second control information to the first terminal, where the second control information includes indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the information of the first terminal. Available resources.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is information for instructing the communication device to feed back available resources.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field in the first control information indicating reserved resources and/or indicating data information Field.
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the communication device to feed back information about available resources, the receiving module, It is also used to receive third control information from all the first terminals, where the third control information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification. The identity of the communicating terminal.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes an identifier of a terminal that feeds back available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or, The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information, the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information The field of the third control information format.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes MCS, DMRS mode, and DMRS port Number, or at least one of the offset instructions.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and the target identifier Corresponding information about available resources.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and Group member ID, and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group, and the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the sending module is further configured to send the fourth control information to the first terminal ,
  • the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the communication device includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the communication device is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the communication device is less than or equal to a second threshold; wherein, the The first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with feedback information.
  • the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the communication device within a preset time period Result; or, the first parameter is the percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message sent by the first terminal to the communication device within the preset time period; or, the first parameter is the percentage of the confirmation message in the preset time period The percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message received by a terminal from the communication device; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the The first parameter is the RSRP measured by the communication device based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the first terminal based on the signal sent by the communication device within the preset time period Measured RSSI; or, the first parameter is the RSSI measured by the communication device based on the signal sent by the first
  • the second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period; or The second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages received by the first terminal from terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes: a receiving module and a processing module; Information about available resources of a terminal; a processing module for selecting available resources according to the control information.
  • control information is sent by the second terminal triggered by the first terminal, and the processing module is specifically configured to determine not to select the available resource indicated in the control information when the available resource is selected.
  • the processing module is also specifically configured to determine a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to determine whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available; the processing module is also specifically configured to determine whether the available resource is available according to the first parameter. Parameter selection of available resources.
  • the first parameter includes a reference signal received power RSRP threshold, received signal strength indicating RSSI threshold, reference signal received quality RSRQ threshold, or priority.
  • the first parameter is a function of the second parameter
  • the second parameter is used to determine whether the reserved resource is available.
  • control information is not sent by the first terminal triggered by the second terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , So that the device implements the method described in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , So that the device implements the method described in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , So that the device implements the method described in the third aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is configured to implement the foregoing first aspect or the method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is configured to implement the foregoing second aspect or the method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which is configured to implement the foregoing third aspect or the method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • the computer program or instruction When the computer program or instruction is executed, the computer executes the first aspect or any one of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • the computer program or instruction When executed, the computer executes the second aspect or any one of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed, the computer executes the third aspect or any one of the third aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, which includes computer program code that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the first aspect or any of the possible aspects of the first aspect. The method described in the implementation mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the second aspect or any of the possible aspects of the second aspect. The method described in the implementation mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program code, when the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the third aspect or any of the possible aspects of the third aspect. The method described in the implementation mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , So that the chip implements the method described in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, when the program or an instruction is executed by the processor , So that the chip implements the method described in the second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor At this time, the chip is made to implement the method described in the foregoing third aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the system includes the device described in the fourth aspect above, and/or the device described in the fifth aspect above, and/or the device described in the sixth aspect above, or the system includes the device described in the seventh aspect above, and /Or the device described in the eighth aspect above, and/or the device described in the ninth aspect above, or the system includes the device described in the tenth aspect above, and/or the device described in the eleventh aspect, and / Or the device described in the twelfth aspect above.
  • any communication device, chip, computer readable medium, computer program product, or communication system provided above is used to execute the corresponding method provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can be Refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic diagram of the first level of SCI among the two levels of SCI provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 1C is a schematic diagram of the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a first schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting resource information provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • 4A is a first schematic diagram of first control information provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 4B is a second schematic diagram of the first control information provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4C is a third schematic diagram of the first control information provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of the flow of a method for transmitting resource information provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 6 is a first structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a second structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a third structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system can be a long term evolution (LTE) system, a fifth generation (5G) communication system, an NR system, a wireless fidelity (wireless-fidelity, WiFi) system, and a third-generation partnership plan (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related communication systems and future evolving communication systems, etc., are not restricted.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR NR
  • wireless fidelity wireless-fidelity
  • WiFi wireless-fidelity
  • 3GPP third-generation partnership plan
  • the following only takes the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1A as an example to describe the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1A it is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system 10 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system 10 may include one or more network devices 101 (only one is shown) and a terminal 102-terminal 104 that can communicate with the network device 101.
  • FIG. 1A is only a schematic diagram, and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solutions provided in this application.
  • a network device can provide a wireless access service for a terminal.
  • each network device corresponds to a service coverage area, and terminals entering this area can communicate with the network device through the Uu port to receive wireless access services provided by the network device.
  • the terminal and the network equipment can communicate through the Uu port link.
  • the Uu port link can be divided into uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) according to the direction of the data transmitted on it.
  • the UL can transmit uplink data sent from the terminal to the network device, DL
  • the uplink can transmit the downlink data transmitted from the network device to the terminal.
  • the terminal 103 is located in the coverage area of the network device 101, the network device 101 can send downlink data to the terminal 103 via DL, and the terminal 103 can send uplink data to the network device 101 via UL.
  • Terminals and other terminals can communicate with each other through direct communication links.
  • the direct communication link between the terminal and other terminals can be called SL.
  • the terminal 102 and the terminal 103 can communicate with each other through SL
  • the terminal 104 and the terminal 103 can communicate with each other through SL.
  • the network device 101 may be any device with a wireless transceiver function. Including but not limited to: evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional NodeB), base station in NR (gNodeB or gNB) or transmission receiving point/transmission reception point (TRP), 3GPP Subsequent evolution of base stations, access nodes in the WiFi system, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support networks of the same technology mentioned above, or networks of different technologies mentioned above.
  • the base station may contain one or more co-site or non-co-site TRPs.
  • the network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device can also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device, or a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • the following description takes the network device as a base station as an example.
  • the multiple network devices may be base stations of the same type, or base stations of different types.
  • the base station can communicate with the terminal, and it can also communicate with the terminal through a relay station.
  • the terminal can communicate with multiple base stations of different technologies.
  • the terminal can communicate with a base station that supports an LTE network, can also communicate with a base station that supports a 5G network, and can also support dual connections with a base station of an LTE network and a base station of a 5G network. .
  • terminal 102, terminal 103, or terminal 104 is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, an industrial control (industrial control)
  • a virtual reality (VR) terminal virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • industrial control industrial control
  • in-vehicle terminal terminal in self-driving (self-driving), terminal in assisted driving, terminal in remote medical (remote medical), terminal in smart grid (smart grid), transportation safety (transportation safety)
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios.
  • Terminals can sometimes be referred to as terminal equipment, user equipment (UE), access terminal, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, machine terminal, UE agent or UE device, etc.
  • the terminal can be fixed or mobile.
  • the above-mentioned relay may be the above-mentioned network device or the above-mentioned terminal, which is not limited.
  • the terminal may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal may be a terminal in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal in this application may be a terminal in machine type communication (MTC).
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal of the present application may be an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle module, an in-vehicle component, an in-vehicle chip, or an in-vehicle unit that is built into a vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • the on-board chip or on-board unit can implement the method of this application. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution vehicle (LTE-V), and vehicle to vehicle (V2V). Wait.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • the terminal 102-the terminal 104 can select the SL resource through mode 1 or mode 2.
  • mode 1 the network device 101 allocates resources for the terminal 102 to the terminal 104.
  • mode 2 the terminal 102-the terminal 104 themselves detect whether the resource is free, and send an SCI to reserve the resource.
  • the SCI can be a two-level SCI.
  • Two-level SCI includes the first-level SCI in the two-level SCI (hereinafter referred to as SCI 0-1) and the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI (hereinafter referred to as SCI 0-2).
  • SCI 0-1 includes priority information (priority), frequency resource assignment (frequency resource assignment), time domain resource assignment (time resource assignment), resource reservation period (resource reservation period), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) mode (DMRS pattern), second-stage SCI format (2 nd -stage SCI format), offset indicator (beta_offset indicator), number of DMRS port (number of DMRS port), modulation and coding scheme (modulation) and coding scheme (MCS), MCS table indication and reserved bits (reserved), etc.
  • priority information priority
  • frequency resource assignment frequency resource assignment
  • time domain resource assignment time resource assignment
  • resource reservation period resource reservation period
  • demodulation reference signal demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • MCS MCS table indication and reserved bits (reserved), etc.
  • DMRS mode frequency domain resource allocation
  • second-level SCI format second-level SCI format
  • offset indication number of DMRS ports
  • MCS MCS table indication
  • reserved bits please refer to the explanation and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
  • SCI 0-2 includes hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process ID (HARQ process ID), new data indicator (NDI), redundancy version (redundancy version, RV) , Source ID (source ID), destination ID (destination ID), channel state information (channel state information, CSI) request (CSI request), etc. Further, SCI 0-2 also includes zone ID, or range indication, etc.
  • HARQ process ID HARQ process ID
  • NDI new data indicator
  • RV redundancy version
  • RV redundancy version
  • RV redundancy version
  • RV redundancy version
  • Source ID source ID
  • destination ID destination ID
  • channel state information channel state information
  • CSI request channel state information
  • SCI 0-2 also includes zone ID, or range indication, etc.
  • HARQ process ID, NDI, RV, source ID, destination ID, CSI request, area ID, and range indicator included in the above SCI 0-2 please refer to the explanation and description in the conventional technology, which will not be repeated here.
  • the above-mentioned two-level SCI can also be referred to as a two-level SCI.
  • the first-level SCI in the two-level SCI can also be referred to as the first-level SCI in the two-level SCI.
  • the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI can also be called the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI.
  • the above reserved bits may also be referred to as reserved bits, or reserved bits, or reserved bits. Bits, or bits, can also be called fields.
  • SCI 0-1 is only one way of expressing the first level of the two-level SCI.
  • the first level of the two-level SCI can also have other expressions.
  • SCI 0-1 can also be replaced with SCI 1, SCI 1-A, etc.
  • SCI 0-2 is only an expression method of the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI, and the second-level SCI in the two-level SCI can also have other expression methods, which are not restricted.
  • SCI 0-2 can also be replaced with SCI 0-3, SCI 2, SCI 2-A, SCI 2-B, etc.
  • the sending terminal can trigger the receiving terminal to feed back information about available resources through the two-level SCI, and the receiving terminal can send the information about the available resources to the sending terminal through the two-level SCI.
  • the method shown in Figure 3 below you can refer to the method shown in Figure 3 below.
  • the communication system 10 shown in FIG. 1A is only used as an example, and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that, in a specific implementation process, the communication system 10 may also include other devices, and the number of network devices and terminals may also be determined according to specific needs, which is not limited.
  • each network element in FIG. 1A in the embodiment of the present application may be a functional module in a device.
  • the functional module can be a component in a hardware device, such as a communication chip or communication component in a terminal or network device, a software functional module running on hardware, or a platform (for example, cloud Platform) instantiated virtualization functions.
  • each network element in FIG. 1A can be implemented by the communication device 200 in FIG. 2.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 201, a communication line 202, a memory 203, and at least one communication interface 204.
  • the processor 201 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 202 may include a path for transferring information between the above-mentioned components, such as a bus.
  • the communication interface 204 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN), and a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) etc.
  • a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN), and a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the memory 203 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through the communication line 202.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 203 is used to store and execute the computer-executable instructions involved in the solution of the present application, and the processor 201 controls the execution.
  • the processor 201 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 203, so as to implement the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
  • the communication device 200 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 207 in FIG. 2. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus 200 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206.
  • the output device 205 communicates with the processor 201 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 205 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • the input device 206 communicates with the processor 201, and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 206 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the aforementioned communication device 200 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
  • the communication device 200 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in FIG. 2 equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 200.
  • first control information and other control information with different numbers are used only for contextual convenience, and the different sequence numbers themselves do not have specific technical meanings, for example, the first control information, the second control information It can be understood as one or any one of a series of control information.
  • the first terminal, the second terminal, or the third terminal can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of this application. These steps are only examples, and the embodiment of this application can also perform other steps or Variations of various steps. In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all the steps in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the specific structure of the execution subject of the resource information transmission method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the resource information transmission method of the embodiment of the application can be run to It is sufficient to communicate according to the resource information transmission method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the resource information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be the first terminal, or a component applied to the first terminal, for example, , Chip, this application does not limit this.
  • the execution subject of the resource information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be the second terminal, or a component applied to the second terminal, such as a chip, which is not limited in this application.
  • the execution subject of the resource information transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a third terminal, or a component applied to the third terminal, such as a chip, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following embodiments are described by taking as an example the execution subjects of the resource information transmission method are the first terminal, the second terminal, and the third terminal respectively.
  • a method for transmitting resource information includes step 301 to step 302.
  • Step 301 The first terminal sends first control information to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal may be the terminals in FIG. 1A.
  • the first terminal is the terminal 102 in FIG. 1A
  • the second terminal is the terminal 103 in FIG. 1A
  • the first terminal is the terminal 102 in FIG. 1A
  • the second terminal is the terminal 104 in FIG. 1A.
  • the first control information may be used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first control information is carried in an SCI, a media access control (media access control, MAC) control element (CE), or a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • SCI media access control
  • MAC media access control
  • CE control element
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first control information may also be sent by the network device to the second terminal; or, the first control information may also be the network device. And sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • the network device may be the network device 101 in FIG. 1A.
  • the first terminal sends first control information to the second terminal, and the first control information is carried in MAC CE or PC5 RRC signaling.
  • PC5RRC is RRC signaling on the side link
  • PC5RRC is RRC signaling between terminal devices on the side link.
  • the network device sends first control information to the second terminal, and the first control information is carried in any one of the following signaling: RRC signaling, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the network device sends the first control information to the second terminal; the first terminal also sends the first control information to the second terminal.
  • the first control information sent by the network device is carried in RRC signaling, and the first control information sent by the first terminal is carried in the SCI or MAC CE.
  • the embodiment of the present application takes the first control information sent to the second terminal from the first terminal as an example.
  • the first control information is sent to the second terminal by the network device, please refer to the following embodiments ,
  • the first control information is the corresponding description when the first terminal sends it to the second terminal, and will not be repeated.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of second terminals. That is, the second terminal may include at least one terminal.
  • the second terminal may be the terminal 103 and the terminal 104 in FIG. 1A.
  • the second terminal is any one or more of the following terminals: a receiving terminal to which the first terminal wants to send data, a terminal around the receiving terminal to which the first terminal wants to send data, or a terminal around the first terminal.
  • the second terminal can assist the first terminal in resource selection to avoid HTP.
  • the second terminal can assist the first terminal in detecting available resources when a sudden situation occurs in the first terminal, for example, when the first terminal has insufficient energy or cannot effectively detect resources in a sudden situation .
  • the second terminal when the second terminal is a terminal around the first terminal, the second terminal may meet the following conditions: the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to the first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • Two thresholds the first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with the feedback message.
  • the first parameter of the second terminal may also be understood as the first parameter between the second terminal and the first terminal.
  • the second parameter of the second terminal may also be understood as the second parameter between the second terminal and the first terminal. Specifically, reference may be made to the description in the first possible implementation manner of the method shown in FIG. 3 below.
  • the first control information is SCI 0-1.
  • SCI 0-1 can instruct the first terminal to send SCI 0-2 to the second terminal, and SCI 0-1 can also instruct the first terminal not to send SCI 0- to the second terminal. 2.
  • the first control information is SCI 0-1, and the SCI 0-1 instructs the first terminal to send SCI 0-2 to the second terminal, and the first control information is SCI 0-1, and the SCI 0
  • the content included in the first control information is different. It can also be understood that 1) when there is only SCI0-1 but not SCI0-2; or, 2) when there are both SCI0-1 and SCI0-2, the content included in the first control information is different. Specifically, you can refer to the introduction in the following situations:
  • the first control information is SCI 0-1. There is only the SCI0-1 and no SCI0-2; or, the SCI 0-1 does not instruct the first terminal to send the SCI 0-2 corresponding to the SCI 0-1 to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal will not send the SCI0-2 corresponding to the SCI0-1 to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal instructs the second terminal to feed back information about available resources through the SCI0-1.
  • the SCI 0-1 may indicate that the first terminal does not send SCI 0-2 to the second terminal.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources may also be referred to as the target identification.
  • This purpose identifier has a different meaning from the purpose identifier in SCI 0-1 in conventional technology, and is a newly introduced purpose identifier for this application. The newly introduced purpose identifier is used to identify the terminal that feeds back the available resources, so that the terminal that receives the first control information knows whether it needs to feed back the available resources.
  • the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources can also be understood as the identification of the terminal that is requested to feed back available resources, or the identification of the terminal that is instructed to feed back available resources, or the identification of the terminal that needs to feed back available resources to the first terminal. Terminal-related identification.
  • the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources may be for the service, and/or for the terminal that sends the service, and/or for the terminal that receives the service.
  • the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources can be replaced with: the destination identification used to feed back the available resources, or the destination identification related to the second terminal, or the terminal that is triggered/requested/instructed to feed back the available resources.
  • the purpose identifier used to feed back the available resources may be independently configured.
  • the network equipment respectively configures a set of destination identifiers for the terminals that indicate to feed back available resources.
  • the set of destination identifiers includes a plurality of optional destination identifiers.
  • the independent configuration is configured separately from the existing identifiers used to identify reserved resources or data scheduling purposes.
  • the above-mentioned destination identification set may also be predefined.
  • available resources can also be understood as suggested resources, or recommended resources, or recommended resources, or reference resources, or reference resources, or auxiliary resources, or assistance resources, or detected (sensed) ) Resources, etc.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information.
  • the second indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information, and/or a field indicating data information.
  • the reserved field may include the field where the reserved bit in SCI 0-1 is located.
  • reserved fields can also be understood as reserved fields or unused fields.
  • the field indicating the reserved resource contains the indication information of the reserved resource in the existing SCI 0-1.
  • the field indicating the reserved resource may include at least one of the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated, or the field where the resource reservation period is located in SCI 0-1.
  • the field indicating data information contains data indicating information in the existing SCI 0-1.
  • the field indicating the data information may include the field of SCI 0-1, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the second-level SCI format is located, the field where the offset indication is located, the field where the number of DMRS ports is located, or the field where the MCS is located at least one.
  • the offset indication can be used to indicate the resource occupation size of SCI 0-2.
  • the offset indication may also be referred to as a zoom factor or aggregation level or aggregation value or zoom value, etc.
  • the first control information does not include the indication information of the reserved resource.
  • the indication information of reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period;
  • the indication information of data includes MCS, DMRS mode, DMRS port number, second-level SCI format or bias Move at least one of the instructions.
  • the field indicating reserved resources includes at least one of the time domain resource allocation field, the frequency domain resource allocation field, or the resource reservation period field;
  • the field indicating data information includes the MCS field, DMRS mode At least one of the DMRS port number field, the second-level SCI format field or the offset indication field.
  • the second indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information, and a field indicating data information as an example, the first control information may As shown in Figure 4A.
  • part or all of the SCI 0-1 fields indicating reserved resources and some or all of the fields indicating data information shown in Fig. 1B are occupied by the second indication information to indicate feedback
  • the identification of the terminal with the available resource. 1 bit in the reserved field is occupied by the first indication information, which is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about the available resource.
  • the meaning of the priority information and other bits in the reserved bits remains unchanged.
  • the first control information may be as shown in FIG. 4B.
  • some or all of the fields indicating data information of the SCI 0-1 shown in Fig. 1B are occupied by the second indication information to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • 1 bit in the reserved field is The first indication information occupancy is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • Part or all of the fields indicating the reserved resources are set to invalid, which is used to indicate that the first control information is not used to reserve resources.
  • the second indication information may also occupy a field that is not set to invalid in the field indicating the reserved resource.
  • the first control information may be as shown in FIG. 4C.
  • the second indication information which is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • 1 bit in the reserved field Occupied by the first indication information it is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the meaning of the priority information, the field indicating the data information, and the other bits in the reserved bits remain unchanged. It is understandable that, in this example, in addition to occupying the field indicating the reserved resource, the second indication information may also occupy an unused field in the field indicating the data information.
  • the first indication information indicates that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resource information by occupying a reserved field
  • the first indication information may also indicate pre-emption by occupying a reserved field.
  • Part or all of the fields in the reserved resource fields, and/or part or all of the fields in the fields indicating data information, indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information occupy different fields.
  • a certain field is occupied, which can be understood as the field, or one or some fields in the field are set to a specific value or a specific character string.
  • the frequency domain resource allocation is set to invalid, which may indicate that the field where the frequency domain resource allocation is located is occupied and is set to invalid.
  • invalid can also be replaced with NULL/NIL.
  • NULL/NIL is used to indicate that the field is not used or has no actual meaning in the field. Understandably, NULL/NIL can also be understood as empty fields.
  • a certain field is occupied, and it can also be understood that a certain field carries corresponding information.
  • the first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information, it can be understood that the field indicating reserved resources in the first control information does not carry or does not carry information about reserved resources, but carries first Instructions.
  • the first control information is SCI 0-1. There are both SCI0-1 and SCI0-2; or, the SCI 0-1 instructs the first terminal to send the SCI 0-2 corresponding to the SCI 0-1 to the second terminal.
  • the SCI 0-1 may be used to instruct the first terminal to send the third control information to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal also sends third control information to the second terminal.
  • the third control information may be used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is SCI 0-2.
  • the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources may also be referred to as the target identification.
  • This purpose identifier has a different meaning from the purpose identifier in SCI 0-2 in the conventional technology, and is a newly introduced purpose identifier for this application. For the specific introduction of the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, reference may be made to the above scenario 1.
  • the source identifier included in the third control information has a different meaning from the source identifier in SCI 0-2 in the conventional technology. It is a newly introduced source identifier in this embodiment of the application. Therefore, the third control information can also be referred to as SCI 2-C .
  • the above-mentioned source identifier may be for the service, or for the terminal that sends the service, or for the terminal that sends the service and for the service.
  • the destination identifier refers to the destination identifier corresponding to the data/service transmitted by the first terminal; the source identifier refers to the identifier related to the first terminal, Or an identifier related to the service of the first terminal.
  • the newly introduced destination identifier is the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal sends data information/feedback information to the second terminal
  • the destination identifier may be an identifier related to the second terminal.
  • the target identifier may be an identifier associated with the identifier of the second terminal; the target identifier may be an identifier associated with a service sent to the second terminal; or, the target identifier may be an identifier associated with the second terminal and the identifier sent to the second terminal.
  • the identifier associated with the business is an identifier associated with the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first terminal sends data information/feedback information to the second terminal
  • the destination identifier may be an identifier related to the second terminal.
  • the target identifier may be an identifier associated with the identifier of the second terminal; the target identifier may be an identifier associated with a service sent to the second terminal; or, the target identifie
  • the source identifier refers to the identifier associated with the first terminal identifier, the identifier associated with the service sent by the first terminal, or the identifier associated with the first terminal identifier and the first terminal identifier.
  • the newly introduced source identifier refers to a source identifier that triggers feedback of available resources, or a source identifier that requests feedback of available resources, or a source identifier that indicates feedback of available resources.
  • the newly introduced source identification can reuse the current existing source identification, or can be an extension on the basis of the existing source identification (the specific extension is as follows).
  • the transmitted data is a general term, that is, the transmitted data can be understood as the transmitted information.
  • the information can be feedback request information or feedback information.
  • the source identifier included in the third control information may include more bits. In this way, the communication source can be more accurately identified, so that the destination terminal can be more accurately identified during feedback. In the same way, compared to the target identifier included in the SCI 0-2 in the conventional technology, the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources included in the third control information may contain more bits. This can more accurately identify the communication destination terminal.
  • the bits included in the source identifier included in the third control information may be extended to 12 or 16.
  • the bits included in the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources included in the third control information may be extended to 20 or 24.
  • the SCI 0-1 contains information related to the third control information.
  • the information related to the third control information includes format information of the third control information.
  • the format information of the third control information includes the second-level SCI format.
  • the first control information and the third control information are respectively introduced below.
  • the first control information has the following situations:
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information may be used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources. It can also be understood as: the first indication information is used to indicate the first control information associated with the first control information.
  • the third control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information.
  • 1 bit in the reserved field of the SCI 0-1 shown in FIG. 1B is occupied by the first indication information, which is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the meaning of the remaining fields in the first control information and other bits in the reserved field may be unchanged or partially changed.
  • the first control information may include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first control information instructs the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, it can also be used to reserve resources, and/or indicate related information about data to be subsequently transmitted.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources and the indication information of the data reference may be made to the above scenario 1.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information may be used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information. Among them, the description of the field indicating the reserved resources can refer to the above-mentioned scenario 1.
  • part or all of the SCI 0-1 fields indicating reserved resources shown in FIG. 1B are set to invalid, which is used to indicate that the first control information is information for instructing the second terminal to feed back available resources.
  • the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources. The meaning of other fields in the first control information may not change.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and third indication information.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a field or reserved field indicating reserved resources in the first control information
  • the third indication information occupies a field indicating the format of the third control information in the first control information, for example, where the second-level SCI format is located Field.
  • 1 bit in the reserved field of the SCI 0-1 shown in FIG. 1B is occupied by the first indication information, which is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the field where the second-level SCI format is occupied by the third indication information is used to indicate that the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the meaning of other fields in the first control information and other bits in the reserved field may not change.
  • the meaning of other fields in the first control information and other bits in the reserved field may also be partially changed.
  • the first control information may also be in other forms.
  • the field where the second-level SCI format is located is occupied (for example, some or all of the fields in the second-level SCI format are set to the second-level SCI format identifier), which is used to indicate that the first control information is used for Instructs the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and is also used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back available resources.
  • the third control information may indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources in a variety of ways.
  • the third control information indicates the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources through the following three possible implementation manners:
  • the third control information is information obtained by adding a new field on the basis of the SCI 0-2 shown in FIG. 1C.
  • the new field includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the new field may be a reserved field in SCI0-2.
  • the third control information is that some or all of the fields in the SCI 0-2 shown in FIG. 1C are used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the destination identifier of the receiving terminal in SCI 0-2 is multiplexed to indicate the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources. That is, the current destination identifier of the receiving terminal in SCI 0-2 can represent the destination identifier of communication, or the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is information after SCI 0-2 shown in FIG. 1C is rewritten, and the rewritten information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the content in the existing SCI 0-2 is no longer included, but a new format is defined for the existing SCI 0-2.
  • the newly defined SCI 0-2 includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the indication information of the data also includes indication information for SCI 0-2.
  • the offset indication is the indication information of the resources occupied by SCI 0-2. Therefore, in this embodiment of the present application, the indication information of the data may also be referred to as the indication information of the second-level SCI.
  • the field indicating the data information may also be referred to as the field indicating the second-level SCI information.
  • Step 302 The second terminal receives the first control information from the first terminal, and sends the second control information to the first terminal.
  • the second control information includes indication information of available resources.
  • the indication information of available resources may be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal; or, the indication information of available resources may be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • the indication information of available resources may include one or more resource sets, and each resource set includes available time domain resources and/or available frequency domain resources.
  • the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal, which can also be understood as: the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the resources available for use by the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the available resources may be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals, and it may also be understood as: the indication information of the available resources is used to indicate the resources available for the first terminal and other terminals.
  • the indication information of available resources is used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal, and the indication information of available resources includes a resource set corresponding to the first terminal.
  • the resources in the resource set can be used by the first terminal to send data to the receiving terminal that wants to send the data.
  • the indication information of available resources is used to indicate available resources of the first terminal and other terminals, and the indication information of available resources includes a resource set corresponding to the first terminal and a resource set corresponding to other terminals.
  • the resources in the resource set corresponding to the first terminal may be used by the first terminal to send data to the receiving terminal that wants to send the data.
  • Resources in the resource set corresponding to other terminals can be used by other terminals to send data to receiving terminals that want to send data.
  • the second control information further includes a source identifier.
  • the source identifier is used to indicate the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends to the second terminal control information used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate available resources of the first terminal.
  • Both the first terminal and the other terminals send to the second terminal control information used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • the second terminal can send back the available resources of the respective terminals to the first terminal and other terminals by sending the control information once.
  • the indication information of available resources may also include at least one purpose identifier, at least one group member identifier, or at least one group identifier.
  • the indication information of available resources also includes a purpose identifier, a group member ID (group member ID), or a group identifier corresponding to one or more resource sets, and the group member identifier of the terminal corresponding to the resource set in the group.
  • the terminal corresponding to the resource set is a terminal that subsequently uses the resources in the resource set to send data.
  • the above-mentioned group can be a multicast group, or a service group, etc., without limitation.
  • the destination identifier refers to the destination identifier corresponding to the data transmitted by the second terminal.
  • the second terminal sends data information/feedback information to the first terminal
  • the destination identifier may be an identifier related to the first terminal.
  • the target identifier may be an identifier related to the terminal that requests feedback of available resources, or an identifier that indicates the terminal that feeds back available resources.
  • the target identifier may be an identifier associated with the identifier of the first terminal; the target identifier may be an identifier associated with a service sent to the first terminal; or, the target identifier may be an identifier associated with the first terminal and the identifier sent to the first terminal.
  • the identifier associated with the business when the second terminal sends control information, the source identifier refers to the identifier associated with the second terminal identifier, the identifier associated with the service sent by the second terminal, or the identifier associated with the second terminal identifier and the second terminal identifier. 2.
  • the source identifier refers to an identifier related to the second terminal that feeds back available resources.
  • the indication information of available resources can have the following forms:
  • Form 1 The indication information of available resources includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resources corresponding to the target identifier.
  • the indication information of available resources includes the destination identifier of the first terminal and the available resource 1.
  • the available resource 1 is an available resource corresponding to the destination identifier of the first terminal.
  • the indication information of the available resource may not include the destination identifier of the first terminal.
  • the indication information of available resources can be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • Other terminals include terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • Available resource 1 is the available resource corresponding to terminal 1, and available resource 2 is terminal 2.
  • available resource 3 is the available resource corresponding to the first terminal as an example.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes the destination identifier of the terminal 1, the available resource 1, the destination identifier of the terminal 2, and the available resource 2, the destination of the first terminal.
  • Identifier, available resource 3; or, the indication information of available resource includes available resource 1, available resource 2, available resource 3, the destination identifier of terminal 1, the destination identifier of terminal 2, and the destination identifier of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal, the other terminals, and the second terminal may belong to different groups, or may belong to the same group.
  • the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group identifier, the group member identifier in the group, and the information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the available resource indication information can be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • Other terminals include terminal 1 and terminal 2.
  • the multicast group to which terminal 1 belongs is multicast group 1, and terminal 1 is in the group
  • the member ID of broadcast group 1 is member 1
  • the multicast group to which terminal 2 belongs is multicast group 2
  • the member ID of terminal 2 in multicast group 2 is member 2
  • the multicast to which the first terminal belongs The group is multicast group 3, and the group member identification of the first terminal in multicast group 3 is group member 3 as an example.
  • the indication information of available resources includes multicast group 1, group member 1, available resource 1, and multicast group 2.
  • available resource 1 is an available resource corresponding to terminal 1
  • available resource 2 is an available resource corresponding to terminal 2
  • available resource 3 is an available resource corresponding to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal, the other terminals, and the second terminal may belong to different multicast groups, or may belong to the same multicast group.
  • the indication information of available resources includes at least one group member identification and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member identification.
  • the first terminal, other terminals, and the second terminal belong to the same group.
  • the available resource indication information can be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • Other terminals include terminal 1 and terminal 2, and terminal 1, terminal 2, and the service group to which the first terminal belongs are all service groups.
  • the group member identification of terminal 1 in business group 1 is group member 1
  • the group member identification of terminal 2 in business group 1 is group member 2
  • the group member identification of the first terminal in business group 1 is group member 3.
  • the indication information of available resources includes group member 1, available resource 1, group member 2, available resource 2, group member 3, and available resource 3; or, the indication information of available resource includes available resource 1, available resource 2, and available Resource 3, Crew 1, Crew 2, and Crew 3.
  • available resource 1 is an available resource corresponding to terminal 1
  • available resource 2 is an available resource corresponding to terminal 2
  • available resource 3 is an available resource corresponding to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal, the other terminals, and the second terminal belong to the same group, and the indication information of available resources may not include the group member identification, but sequentially includes the available resources fed back by the second terminal to each terminal.
  • the indication information of available resources includes the information about the available resources that the second terminal feeds back to each terminal and is arranged in descending order of the member IDs in the group; or, the indication information of available resources includes The information about the available resources that the second terminal feeds back to each terminal is arranged in ascending order of the member identifiers in the group.
  • the available resource indication information can be used to indicate the available resources of the first terminal and other terminals.
  • the first terminal, other terminals, and the second terminal belong to the same multicast group, and the other terminals include terminal 1, terminal 2, and terminal 3.
  • the group member ID of terminal 1 in the multicast group is group member 1
  • the group member ID of terminal 2 in the multicast group is group member 2
  • the group member ID of terminal 3 in the multicast group is group Member 3
  • the member ID of the first terminal in the multicast group is member 4
  • the member ID of the second terminal in the multicast group is member 5, and the available resource corresponding to terminal 1 is available resource 1,
  • the available resource corresponding to terminal 2 is available resource 2
  • the available resource corresponding to terminal 3 is available resource 3
  • the available resource corresponding to the first terminal is available resource 4 as an example
  • the indication information of available resource includes available resource 1, available resource 2, Available resource 3 and available resource 4; or, the indication information of available resource includes available resource 4, available resource 3, available resource 2 and available resource 1.
  • the indication information of the available resources may also be in other forms.
  • the indication information of available resources includes the group member identification of the terminal in the group, and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member identification;
  • the indication information of available resources includes the target identifier and the information of the available resources corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of available resources includes the group identifier of the group where the terminal is located, and the terminal The group member ID in the group, and the group ID and the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the indication information of available resources may also include a source identifier.
  • the source identifier can indicate the terminal that sends the indication information of the available resource, so the first terminal can learn that this is the available resource fed back by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal can know which second terminal is feeding back the available resources according to the source identifier, so that it can be correctly determined when determining or using resources.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource. It is understandable that the priority information may be included in the indication information of available resources, or may not be included in the indication information of available resources.
  • the second control information is SCI, MAC CE, or RRC signaling.
  • the second control information is SCI
  • the second control information is at least one of SCI 0-1 or SCI 0-2.
  • the second control information is SCI 0-1, and the second control information further includes fourth indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of available resources.
  • the fourth indication information may also be described as being used to indicate that the second control information is not used for resource reservation.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information.
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, The field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level SCI format is located, or the field where the offset indication is located.
  • the second control information includes indication information of available resources.
  • the field where the time domain resource is allocated and the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated are occupied by the indication information of the available resources, and are used to feed back the available resources.
  • the field where the time domain resource is allocated may be used to indicate the time domain resource in the available resource indication information, and the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated may be used to indicate the frequency domain resource in the available resource indication information.
  • the meaning of other fields in the second control information and other bits in the reserved field may be unchanged or partially changed.
  • the fourth indication information to indicate that the second control information includes Instructions for available resources.
  • the field where the time domain resource is allocated is occupied by the indication information of the available resources, and is used to feed back the available resources.
  • the meaning of other fields in the second control information and other bits in the reserved field may be unchanged or partially changed.
  • the first field including the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated, the field where the resource reservation period is located, and the field where the MCS is located, as an example, 1 bit in the reserved field of SCI 0-1 shown in FIG.
  • the fourth indication information is occupied, which is used to indicate that the second control information contains indication information of available resources.
  • the field where the frequency domain resource is allocated, the field where the resource reservation period is located, and the field where the MCS is located are occupied by the indication information of the available resources, and are used to feed back the available resources.
  • the meaning of other fields in the second control information and other bits in the reserved field may be unchanged or partially changed.
  • the second control information is SCI 0-2, and before the second terminal sends the second control information to the first terminal, the fourth control information is also sent to the first terminal.
  • the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes information about available resources.
  • the fourth control information is SCI 0-1. It should be noted that the format of the second control information at this time is different from the SCI 0-2 in the conventional technology. Therefore, the second control information may also be referred to as SCI 2-C.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information may be used to indicate that the second control information includes information about available resources.
  • the fourth indication information may occupy a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information may occupy a field where the second-level SCI format in the fourth control information is located. Among them, the fourth indication information occupies the field where the second-level SCI format in the fourth control information is located. Instructions.
  • taking the fourth indication information occupies the reserved field of the fourth control information as an example, 1 bit in the reserved field of the SCI 0-1 shown in FIG. 1B is occupied by the fourth indication information to indicate the second control
  • the information contains indication information of available resources. The meaning of other fields in the fourth control information and other bits in the reserved field may be unchanged or partially changed.
  • the field where the second level SCI format of the SCI 0-1 shown in FIG. 1B is located can be set to a specific A value or a specific character string used to indicate that the second control information contains indication information of available resources.
  • the second control information is information obtained by adding a new field on the basis of the SCI 0-2 shown in FIG. 1C.
  • the new field includes indication information of available resources; or, the second control information is that part or all of the fields in SCI 0-2 shown in FIG. 1C are used to indicate available resources; or, the second control information is that the The shown SCI 0-2 rewritten information, the rewritten information includes indication information of available resources.
  • the first terminal receives the second control information from the second terminal. Subsequently, the first terminal may determine the resource of the data to be sent according to the second control information, and use the resource to send the data.
  • first control information or second control information may be sent before the first terminal and the terminal receiving the data perform data transmission.
  • the terminal receiving the data may or may not be included in the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sends the first control information to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal After receiving the first control information, the second terminal sends the second control information to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal determines the resource of the data to be sent according to the second control information, and sends the SCI to the second terminal.
  • the SCI is used to reserve the resource to send the data or perform data scheduling communication.
  • the second terminal determines the resource of the data to be received according to the SCI, and receives the data sent by the first terminal on the resource.
  • first control information may also be control information sent by the first terminal to the second terminal for reserving resources or performing data scheduling communication.
  • the foregoing second control information may also be control information sent by the second terminal to the first terminal for reserving resources or performing data scheduling communication.
  • the first control information can revise the reserved bit field so that the second terminal knows that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources in addition to resource reservation or data scheduling communication.
  • Information may revise the reserved bit field, so that the first terminal knows that the second control information, in addition to being used for resource reservation or data scheduling communication, also includes indication information of available resources.
  • the third control information also includes the identification of the terminal used for data communication, that is, the identification of the terminal used to receive the data sent by the first terminal.
  • multiple target terminals can be triggered to feed back information about available resources.
  • the destination identifier in the first control information may be reused for resource reservation or data scheduling communication.
  • the source identifier in the first control information may be reused for resource reservation or data scheduling communication.
  • the purpose identifier used for resource reservation or data scheduling communication is reused to indicate the terminal that needs to feed back information about the available resources, the modification to the existing control information can be reduced, thereby minimizing the cost or cost of the control information. overhead).
  • the source identifier used for resource reservation or data scheduling communication is reused to indicate a terminal requesting feedback of information about available resources, the modification of existing control information can be reduced, thereby minimizing the cost of control information ( cost or overhead).
  • the reserved resource contained in the SCI or the destination identifier for data scheduling communication corresponds to the second terminal, which is a terminal that needs to feed back information about available resources.
  • the SCI included in the reserved resource or the source identifier for data scheduling communication corresponds to the first terminal, which is a terminal that needs to request feedback of available resource information.
  • the purpose identifier in the first control information may be multiplexed for resource reservation or data scheduling communication purpose identifier, and may be indicated in the first control information through new indication information.
  • the first control information here may be SCI 0-1 or SCI 0-2.
  • the destination identifier in the second control information can be reused for resource reservation or data scheduling communication.
  • the source identifier in the second control information may be reused for resource reservation or data scheduling communication.
  • the purpose identifier used for resource reservation or data scheduling communication is reused to indicate the feedback to the terminal requesting feedback of available resource information
  • the modification to the existing control information can be reduced, thereby minimizing the cost of control information ( cost or overhead).
  • the source identifier used for resource reservation or data scheduling communication is reused to indicate a terminal that feeds back information about available resources, the modification of existing control information can be reduced, thereby minimizing the cost of control information. Or overhead).
  • the SCI included in the reserved resource or the purpose identifier for data scheduling communication corresponds to the first terminal, which is the terminal that previously requested to feed back information about available resources, and is also the terminal that is currently waiting to feed back information about available resources.
  • the SCI included in the reserved resource or the source identifier for data scheduling communication corresponds to the second terminal, which is a terminal that feeds back information about available resources.
  • the purpose identifier in the second control information can be multiplexed for resource reservation or data scheduling communication purpose identifier, and can be indicated in the second control information through the new instruction information.
  • the second control information here may be SCI 0-1 or SCI 0-2.
  • data scheduling communication can also be referred to as data scheduling.
  • Resource reservation can also be referred to as reserved resources.
  • Multiplexing can also be understood as being multiplexed, or used, or indicated at the same time.
  • the first terminal can send to the second terminal first control information for instructing the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and receive the second control information from the second terminal that contains the available resource indication information. Control information. Subsequently, the first terminal may make resource selection according to the second control information. In this way, it can help the first terminal to select more reliable and effective resources in the resource selection of the SL, and improve the transmission efficiency between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal is a terminal around the first terminal, the second terminal may satisfy the following condition: the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to The first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to the second threshold.
  • the first parameter is associated with channel quality
  • the second parameter is associated with the feedback message.
  • the channel quality may be the quality of the channel between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the feedback message may be a feedback message in the first multicast group.
  • the second terminal is included in the first multicast group.
  • the feedback message includes an acknowledgement message (acknowledgement, ACK) and a negative acknowledgement message (not-acknowledgement, NACK).
  • the receiving terminal feeds back NACK. That is, the receiving terminal does not feed back ACK, and when the receiving terminal receives incorrectly, it feeds back NACK on the shared feedback resource.
  • the receiving terminal can either feed back ACK or NACK. That is, when the receiving terminal receives correctly, it feeds back ACK on the feedback resources of the sending terminal and the receiving terminal, and when the receiving terminal receives incorrectly, it feeds back NACK on the feedback resources of the sending terminal and the receiving terminal.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is configured by the network device or the first terminal.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is configured by the first terminal through the SCI. It can be understood that if the first threshold or the second threshold in RRC signaling or SCI is a default value, it may indicate that the second terminal does not need to assist in detecting available resources.
  • any one of the first threshold or the second threshold may be configured corresponding to the resource pool. That is, if there is a first resource pool, a second resource pool, the network device or the first terminal can be configured accordingly for different resource pools.
  • the first threshold or the second threshold is associated with a channel busy rate (CBR).
  • CBR channel busy rate
  • the first threshold corresponding to the first CBR is smaller than the first threshold corresponding to the second CBR.
  • the second threshold corresponding to the first CBR is greater than the second threshold corresponding to the second CBR. It can be understood that the first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different.
  • the first parameter and the second parameter are respectively introduced below. Among them, the first parameter and the second parameter have the following six situations:
  • the first parameter is the channel state information (CSI) measurement result measured by the first terminal within the preset time period; or the first parameter is the CSI measurement measured by the second terminal within the preset time period result.
  • the CSI measurement result measured by the second terminal is the CSI measurement result measured by the second terminal and fed back to the first terminal.
  • the measurement result of CSI is the measurement result of CSI between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the CSI measurement result is used to indicate the channel quality between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the measurement result of the first CSI is greater than the measurement result of the second CSI, and the channel quality indicated by the measurement result of the first CSI is better than the channel quality indicated by the measurement result of the second CSI.
  • the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to the second terminal within the preset time period; or, the first parameter is the percentage of the confirmation message received from the first terminal within the preset time period. 2. The percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback messages of the terminal.
  • the feedback message may be a feedback message sent based on the foregoing second feedback manner.
  • the percentage of the confirmation message may reflect the channel quality between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the percentage 1 of the confirmation message is greater than the percentage 2 of the confirmation message, and the percentage 1 of the confirmation message corresponds to a better channel quality than the percentage 2 of the confirmation message.
  • the first parameter is the reference signal received power (RSRP) measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal within a preset time period; or the first parameter is within a preset time period , The RSRP measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal.
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRP can reflect the channel quality of the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first RSRP is greater than the second RSRP, and the channel quality corresponding to the first RSRP is better than the channel quality corresponding to the second RSRP.
  • the first parameter is the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) measured by the first terminal based on the signal sent by the second terminal within the preset time period; or the first parameter is within the preset time period , The RSSI measured by the second terminal based on the signal sent by the first terminal.
  • RSSI received signal strength indicator
  • the RSSI can reflect the channel quality of the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first RSSI is greater than the second RSSI, and the channel quality corresponding to the first RSSI is better than the channel quality corresponding to the second RSSI.
  • the first parameter is the reference signal received quality (RSRQ) measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal within the preset time period; or the first parameter is within the preset time period , The RSRQ measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal.
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • RSRQ can reflect the channel quality of the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first RSRQ is greater than the second RSRQ, and the channel quality corresponding to the first RSRQ is better than the channel quality corresponding to the second RSRQ.
  • the second parameter is the percentage of negative acknowledgement messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to the terminals of the first multicast group within a preset time period; or, the second parameter is the percentage of negative acknowledgement messages in the preset time period.
  • the feedback message may be a feedback message sent based on the foregoing first feedback manner.
  • the percentage of negative acknowledgement messages may reflect the channel quality between the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the percentage 1 of negative acknowledgment messages is greater than the percentage 2 of negative acknowledgment messages, and the percentage of negative acknowledgment messages 2 corresponds to a better channel quality than the percentage 1 of negative acknowledgment messages.
  • preset time periods in the above case 1 to case 6 may be the same or different.
  • a terminal with better communication quality can be selected as the second terminal, so that the available resources detected by the second terminal are more accurate .
  • the communication quality is relatively high.
  • the method shown in FIG. 3 above is a method of how the first terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back information about available resources to the first terminal.
  • the third terminal may monitor the SCI sent by other terminals, the SCI may be an SCI used to reserve resources, and the SCI may also be the aforementioned second control information. If the SCI is used to reserve resources, after the third terminal monitors the SCI, it determines that the resources in the SCI are used. The third terminal does not consider the resources in the SCI when making resource selection.
  • the above-mentioned second control information is newly defined information. Therefore, after the third terminal monitors the second control information, it does not know how to process the resources in the second control information.
  • a method for transmitting resource information provided by an embodiment of this application, the method includes step 501 to step 502.
  • Step 501 The second terminal sends control information to the third terminal.
  • the second terminal and the third terminal may be the terminals in FIG. 1A.
  • the second terminal is the terminal 103 in FIG. 1A
  • the third terminal is the terminal 104 in FIG. 1A
  • the second terminal is the terminal 102 in FIG. 1A
  • the third terminal is the terminal 103 in FIG. 1A.
  • the third terminal includes at least one terminal.
  • the second terminal is terminal 103 in FIG. 1A
  • the third terminal is terminal 104 and terminal 102 in FIG. 1A; or, the second terminal is terminal 102 in FIG. 1A, and the third terminal is terminal 103 in FIG. 1A.
  • terminal terminal 104 terminal 104.
  • control information includes information about available resources that the second terminal feeds back to the first terminal.
  • introduction of the control information reference may be made to the introduction of the second control information in the method shown in FIG. 3, which is not repeated here.
  • control information is sent by the first terminal to trigger the second terminal; or, the control information is not sent by the first terminal to trigger the second terminal.
  • control information is sent to the second terminal after detecting available resources. Reported by the first terminal.
  • Step 502 The third terminal receives control information from the second terminal, and selects available resources according to the control information.
  • the control information is sent by the first terminal triggering the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal wants to send data, it will trigger at least one terminal to feed back information about available resources. Therefore, the first terminal will use the available resources indicated in the control information in subsequent SCI scheduling communications.
  • the third terminal selecting available resources according to the control information includes: when the third terminal selects the available resources, determining not to select the available resources indicated in the control information.
  • the third terminal selects the available resources, it determines not to select the available resources indicated in the control information. It can also be understood that the third terminal excludes the available resources indicated in the control information when selecting the available resources.
  • the third terminal selects available resources, when the RSRP/RSSI/RSRP of the control information is greater than or equal to a threshold, the third terminal does not select the available resources indicated in the control information; or, the third terminal When selecting available resources, when RSRP/RSSI/RSRP of the control information is less than or equal to a threshold, the third terminal selects the available resources indicated in the control information.
  • the above two thresholds can be the same or different.
  • the RSRP/RSSI/RSRP of the above control information is used to indicate the corresponding signal quality of the available resources indicated in the control information.
  • the RSRP/RSSI/RSRP of the above control information is greater than or equal to a threshold value, it means that the intensity of interference is relatively high, and it is necessary to avoid using the same resources as much as possible to ensure reliable data transmission.
  • the RSRP/RSSI/RSRP of the above control information is less than or equal to a threshold, it means that the intensity of the interference suffered is small, and the same resources can be used, so that the efficiency of spectrum resource usage can be improved.
  • control information is not sent by the first terminal to trigger the second terminal.
  • the available resources can also be called unlicensed resources, and the first terminal may not necessarily be used in subsequent SCI scheduling communications.
  • the available resources indicated in the control information will be used.
  • the third terminal selecting available resources according to the control information includes: the third terminal determines the first parameter; and the third terminal selects the available resources according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter may be used to determine whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available.
  • the first parameter may include RSRP threshold, RSSI threshold, RSRQ threshold, or priority.
  • the first parameter is configured by the network device; or, the first parameter is a function of the second parameter, that is, the second parameter can be calculated to obtain the first parameter.
  • the network device may be the network device 101 in FIG. 1A.
  • the second parameter can be used to determine whether the reserved resource is available.
  • the second parameter is configured by the network device.
  • the second parameter may include RSRP threshold, RSSI threshold, RSRQ threshold, or priority.
  • the first parameter is obtained by adding an offset to the second parameter.
  • the first parameter is obtained by reducing the second parameter by an offset.
  • the first parameter includes RSSI threshold value 1
  • the second parameter includes RSSI threshold value 2
  • the offset is -3 as an example
  • RSSI threshold value 1 RSSI threshold value 2- (-3).
  • the first parameter is obtained by multiplying the second parameter by a percentage.
  • RSRQ threshold value 1 RSRQ threshold value 2* 120%.
  • the functional relationship between the first parameter and the second parameter is only exemplary, and the functional relationship between the first parameter and the second parameter may also be in other forms and is not limited.
  • the third terminal selects the available resource according to the first parameter, which can be understood as the third terminal determining whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available according to the first parameter.
  • the first parameter includes the threshold of RSRQ, and the RSRQ of the available resource indicated in the control information is RSRQ 1, and if RSRQ 1 is greater than the threshold of RSRQ, the available resource indicated in the control information is available; if If RSRQ 1 is less than the threshold of RSRQ, the available resources indicated in the control information are not available.
  • the third terminal can receive control information from the second terminal, and select available resources according to the control information. If the control information is used to reserve resources, when the third terminal subsequently selects resources, the available resources indicated in the control information are excluded; if the control information is triggered by the first terminal to send the second terminal, the third terminal will subsequently make the resource selection When selecting, exclude the available resources indicated in the control information; if the control information is not triggered by the first terminal to send the second terminal, the third terminal may select the resource according to the first parameter when it subsequently selects the resource. In this way, the third terminal can have different processing methods for different types of control information, and the processing methods are flexible.
  • the first terminal, the second terminal, or the third terminal, etc. include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the first terminal, the second terminal, or the third terminal into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated In a processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a first terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the first terminal, or other combination devices, components, etc. that can realize the above-mentioned terminal functions.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 6 includes: a sending module 601 and a receiving module 602.
  • the sending module 601 is configured to send first control information to the second terminal, where the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources.
  • the receiving module 602 is configured to receive second control information from the second terminal, where the second control information includes indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate available resources of the communication device.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back available resources
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources and/or a field indicating data information in the first control information .
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the second terminal to feed back information about available resources, and the sending module 601.
  • the third control information is also used to send third control information to the second terminal, where the third control information is used to indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification. The identity of the communicating terminal.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or , The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information, the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information The field of the third control information format.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes MCS, DMRS mode, and DMRS port Number, or at least one of the offset instructions.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and the target identifier Corresponding information about available resources.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to different groups, or the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group;
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and Group member ID, and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the communication device and the second terminal belong to the same group, and the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the receiving module 602 is further configured to receive the second-level side link control information from the second terminal.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the second terminal includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the second terminal is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the second terminal is less than or equal to a second threshold; Wherein, the first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with the feedback message.
  • the first parameter is a channel state information CSI measurement result measured by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a preset time period that the second terminal measures
  • the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback message sent by the communication device to the second terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is within a preset time period
  • the communication device receives the percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message from the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the reference signal reception measured by the communication device based on the reference signal sent by the second terminal within a preset time period Power RSRP; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the second terminal based on the reference signal sent by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the communication device based on the preset time period
  • the received signal strength indicator RSSI measured by the signal sent by the second terminal; or, the first parameter is the RSSI measured by the second terminal based on the signal sent by the communication device within a preset time
  • the second terminal belongs to the first multicast group; the second parameter is a negative confirmation in the feedback message sent by the communication device to the terminal of the first multicast group within a preset time period The percentage of messages; or, the second parameter is the percentage of negative acknowledgement messages in the feedback messages received by the communication device from the terminals of the first multicast group within the preset time period.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device may adopt the form shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processor 201 in FIG. 2 may call a computer-executable instruction stored in the memory 203 to cause the communication device to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the function/implementation process of the sending module 601 and the receiving module 602 in FIG. 6 may be implemented by the processor 201 in FIG. 2 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 203.
  • the functions/implementation process of the sending module 601 and the receiving module 602 in FIG. 6 may be implemented through the communication interface 204 in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a second terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the second terminal, or other combination devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 7 includes: a receiving module 701 and a sending module 702.
  • the receiving module 701 is configured to receive first control information from a first terminal, where the first control information is used to instruct the communication device to feed back information about available resources.
  • the sending module 702 is configured to send second control information to the first terminal, where the second control information includes indication information of available resources, and the indication information of available resources is used to indicate available resources of the first terminal.
  • the first control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information and second indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is information for instructing the communication device to feed back available resources.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the identity of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; the second indication information occupies a field in the first control information indicating reserved resources and/or indicating data information Field.
  • the first control information does not include resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the first control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first control information is used to instruct the communication device to feed back information about available resources, and the receiving module 701 , Is also used to receive the third control information from the first terminal, and the third control information is used to indicate the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the third control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information.
  • the third control information includes the identification and source identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, or the third control information contains the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources, the source identification, and the source identification. The identity of the communicating terminal.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes the identification of the terminal that feeds back the available resources; or, the first control information further includes third indication information, the third The indication information is used to indicate that the third control information includes the identifier of the terminal that feeds back the available resources.
  • the first indication information is further used to indicate that the third control information includes an identifier of a terminal that feeds back available resources, and the first indication information occupies a reserved field of the first control information; or, The first indication information occupies a field indicating reserved resources in the first control information.
  • the first control information further includes the third indication information, the first indication information occupies a reserved field in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the first control information Field used to indicate the format of the third control information; or, the first indication information occupies the field indicating the reserved resource in the first control information, and the third indication information occupies the field used to indicate the first control information The field of the third control information format.
  • the first control information includes resource reservation indication information and/or data indication information.
  • the indication information of the reserved resources includes at least one of time domain resource allocation, frequency domain resource allocation, or resource reservation period; the indication information of the data includes MCS, DMRS mode, and DMRS port Number, or at least one of the offset instructions.
  • the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the target identifier; or, the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and A group member ID, and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID; or, the indication information of the available resources includes at least one group member ID and information about available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the group is a multicast group or a service group.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one target identifier and the target identifier Corresponding information about available resources.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to different groups, or the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group; the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group identifier, and Group member ID, and information about the available resources corresponding to the group member ID.
  • the first terminal and the communication device belong to the same group, and the indication information of the available resource includes at least one group member identifier and information about the available resource corresponding to the group member identifier.
  • the second control information is the first-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information; the second control information further includes fourth indication information, the fourth The indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the second control information.
  • the indication information of the available resource occupies the first field in the second control information;
  • the first field includes one or more of the following fields: the field where the time domain resource is allocated, the frequency The field where the domain resource allocation is located, the field where the resource reservation period is located, the field where the MCS is located, the field where the DMRS mode is located, the field where the DMRS port number is located, the field where the second-level side link control information format is located or the offset indication The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information is the second-level side-link control information in the two-level side-link control information
  • the sending module 702 is further configured to send the fourth control information to the first terminal.
  • Information, the fourth control information is used to indicate that the second control information includes the indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth control information includes fourth indication information
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the second control information includes indication information of the available resource.
  • the fourth indication information occupies a reserved field of the fourth control information; or, the fourth indication information occupies the second-level side link control information format in the fourth control information The field in which it is located.
  • the second control information further includes priority information of available resources.
  • the priority information is used to indicate the priority of the available resource.
  • the available resources include one or more resource sets
  • the second control information further includes the destination identifiers respectively corresponding to the one or more resource sets.
  • the communication device includes at least one terminal; the first parameter of the communication device is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, the second parameter of the communication device is less than or equal to a second threshold; wherein, the The first parameter is associated with channel quality, and the second parameter is associated with feedback information.
  • the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is a CSI measurement result measured by the communication device within a preset time period Result; or, the first parameter is the percentage of confirmation messages in the feedback message sent by the first terminal to the communication device within the preset time period; or, the first parameter is the percentage of the confirmation messages in the preset time period The percentage of the confirmation message in the feedback message received by a terminal from the communication device; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the first terminal based on the reference signal sent by the communication device within a preset time period; or, the The first parameter is the RSRP measured by the communication device based on the reference signal sent by the first terminal within a preset time period; or, the first parameter is the RSRP measured by the first terminal based on the signal sent by the communication device within the preset time period Measured RSSI; or, the first parameter is the RSSI measured by the communication device based on the signal sent by the first terminal
  • the second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages sent by the first terminal to terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period; or The second parameter is the percentage of negative confirmation messages in the feedback messages received by the first terminal from terminals in the same group as the first terminal within a preset time period.
  • the indication information of the available resources is also used to indicate the available resources of other terminals, and the other terminal triggers the second terminal to feed back the information of the available resources.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device may adopt the form shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processor 201 in FIG. 2 may invoke the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 203 to cause the communication device to execute the channel state information reference signal transmission method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation process of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processor 201 in FIG. 2 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 203.
  • the functions/implementation process of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 can be implemented through the communication interface 204 in FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a third terminal or a chip or a system on a chip in the third terminal, or other combination devices, components, etc. that can realize the functions of the above-mentioned terminal.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 8 includes: a receiving module 801 and a processing module 802.
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive control information from a second terminal, where the control information includes information about available resources that the second terminal feeds back to the first terminal.
  • the processing module 802 is configured to select available resources according to the control information.
  • control information is sent by the second terminal triggered by the first terminal, and the processing module 802 is specifically configured to determine not to select the available resource indicated in the control information when selecting the available resource.
  • the processing module 802 is also specifically configured to determine a first parameter, and the first parameter is used to determine whether the available resource indicated in the control information is available; the processing module 802 is also specifically configured to determine whether the available resource is available according to the The first parameter selects available resources.
  • the first parameter includes a reference signal received power RSRP threshold, received signal strength indicating RSSI threshold, reference signal received quality RSRQ threshold, or priority.
  • the first parameter is a function of the second parameter
  • the second parameter is used to determine whether the reserved resource is available.
  • control information is not sent by the first terminal triggered by the second terminal.
  • the communication device is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to a specific ASIC, a circuit, a processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device may adopt the form shown in FIG. 2.
  • the processor 201 in FIG. 2 may call a computer-executable instruction stored in the memory 203 to cause the communication device to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation process of the receiving module 801 and the processing module 802 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the processor 201 in FIG. 2 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 203.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 802 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the processor 201 in FIG. 2 calling a computer execution instruction stored in the memory 203, and the function/implementation process of the receiving module 801 in FIG. 2 in the communication interface 204 to achieve.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the chip 90 includes one or more processors 901 and an interface circuit 902.
  • the chip 90 may further include a bus 903. in:
  • the processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital communicator (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component .
  • DSP digital communicator
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods and steps disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the interface circuit 902 is used for sending or receiving data, instructions or information.
  • the processor 901 can use the data, instructions or other information received by the interface circuit 902 to perform processing, and can send processing completion information through the interface circuit 902.
  • the chip 90 further includes a memory.
  • the memory may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor.
  • a part of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory stores executable software modules or data structures
  • the processor 901 can execute corresponding operations by calling operation instructions stored in the memory (the operation instructions may be stored in the operating system).
  • the chip 90 may be used in the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the interface circuit 902 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 901.
  • processor 901 and the interface circuit 902 can be implemented either through hardware design, through software design, or through a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the chip 90 includes one or more processors 901 and an interface circuit 902.
  • the chip 90 may further include a bus 903. in:
  • the processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital communicator (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component .
  • DSP digital communicator
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods and steps disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the interface circuit 902 is used for sending or receiving data, instructions or information.
  • the processor 901 can use the data, instructions or other information received by the interface circuit 902 to perform processing, and can send processing completion information through the interface circuit 902.
  • the chip 90 further includes a memory.
  • the memory may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor.
  • a part of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory stores executable software modules or data structures
  • the processor can execute corresponding operations by calling operation instructions stored in the memory (the operation instructions may be stored in the operating system).
  • the chip 90 may be used in the communication device (including the first terminal, the second terminal, and the third terminal) involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the interface circuit 902 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 901.
  • processor 901 and the interface circuit 902 can be implemented either through hardware design, through software design, or through a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication system.
  • the communication system 100 may include: a terminal 1001 and a terminal 1002.
  • FIG. 10 is only an exemplary drawing, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the network elements included in the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 10 and the number of network elements.
  • the terminal 1001 has the function of the communication device shown in FIG. 6, and can be used to send first control information to the terminal 1002, and can also be used to receive second control information from the terminal 1002.
  • the terminal device 1002 has the function of the communication device shown in FIG.
  • the communication system 100 further includes a terminal 1003.
  • the terminal 1003 has the function of the communication device shown in FIG. 8, and can be used to receive control information from the second terminal, and is also used to select available resources based on the control information.
  • the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be other division methods for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供资源信息的传输方法及装置,涉及无线通信领域,可以使得接收终端向发送终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助发送终端做资源选择。该方法包括:第一终端向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的第一控制信息,并接收来自第二终端的包含可用资源的指示信息的第二控制信息。其中,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源。

Description

资源信息的传输方法及装置
“本申请要求于2020年6月3日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010496785.1、发明名称为“资源信息的传输方法及装置”的专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中”。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及资源信息的传输方法及装置。
背景技术
在新无线(new radio,NR)系统中,侧行链路(sidelink,SL)上的资源选择方法有两种,分别为模式1(mode 1)和模式2(mode 2)。mode 1中,基站为SL分配资源。mode 2中,终端自己检测资源是否空闲,并发送侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)来预留资源。
在SL的mode 2中,会有隐藏节点问题(hidden terminal problem,HTP)。例如,终端1在向终端2发送数据之前,可以检测终端1周围的终端的资源使用情况,但是不能检测到终端2周围的终端的资源使用情况。在这种情况下,终端1根据终端1周围的终端的资源使用情况选择的空闲资源1可能已经被终端2周围的终端3使用了。此时终端1使用空闲资源1向终端2发送数据的话,可能会受到终端3的干扰导致数据传输失败。出现这种问题,是因为终端3是未被终端1发现的隐藏节点,干扰了终端1的数据传输。
为了解决隐藏节点的问题,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)全会提出了接收终端可以辅助发送终端做资源选择,以帮助发送终端在SL的资源选择中选择更可靠有效的资源。但是,目前还没有接收终端如何辅助发送终端做资源选择的方法。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供资源信息的传输方法及装置,可以使得接收终端向发送终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助发送终端做资源选择。
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源信息的传输方法,该方法包括:第一终端向第二终端发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;该第一终端接收来自该第二终端的第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该第一终端的可用资源。
上述第一方面提供的方法,第一终端可以向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的第一控制信息,并接收来自第二终端的包含可用资源的信息的第二控制信息。如此,若该可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源,第二终端可以向第一终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助第一终端做资源选择。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息触发第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息, 该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,通过第一控制信息中的第二指示信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。如此,第二终端接收到第一控制信息后,可以知道要向第一终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。其中,指示预留资源的字段在被第二指示信息占用之前,包括:时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项。指示数据信息的字段在被第二指示信息占用之前,包括调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。基于上述方法,第一指示信息可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第二指示信息可以通过第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。基于上述方法,第一控制信息的含义被改写,可以不用于预留资源,而是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该方法还包括:该第一终端向该第二终端发送第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一指示信息指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,通过第三控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。通常情况下,一条控制信息包括的比特数可能较少,在这种情况下,第一终端可以通过两条控制信息指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。一条用来指示第一控制信息的作用是用来指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,一条用于指示可用反馈可用资源的目标标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以向接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识和发送第一控制信息的终端(即第一终端)的标识,如此,接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端可以知道自己是否需要反馈可用资源,以及向谁反馈可用资源。除此之外,第一终端还可以向接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端指示要接收数据的终端的标识,如此,接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端知道自己是否需要根据第一控制信息和第三控制信息接 收数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第一指示信息告知第二终端第三控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第三指示信息告知第二终端第三控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段来指示第一控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的指示预留资源的字段指示第一控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段和用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段指示第一控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段指示第一控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第三控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识,如此,第一控制信息中的预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息可以保留原先的含义,可以在指示第二终端反馈可用资源的同时,指示预留资源和/或第一终端要发送的数据的相关信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过使用资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项指示需要预留的资源,通过MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中的至少一项指示第一终端要发送的数据的相关信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过上述三种方式指示可用资源,提高了第二终端指示可用资源的多样性和灵活性。其中,组标识的比特数小于目的标识的比特数,组员标识的比特数也小于目的标识的比特数,所以可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少 一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息时,相比于可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息时,可用资源的指示信息包括的比特数更少。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。基于上述方法,第二终端还可以通过组播组或业务组的标识,以及该组内的组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第一终端和第二终端属于不同组或同一组时,第二终端可以通过目的标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第一终端和第二终端属于不同组或同一组时,第二终端可以通过组标识和该组中的组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第一终端和第二终端属于同一组时,第二终端可以通过组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息时,可以通过第二控制信息中的第四指示信息指示第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。如此,第一终端接收到第二控制信息后,可以知道该第二控制信息是用于反馈可用资源的信息的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第二控制信息中的预留字段指示第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过上述第一字段指示可用于资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,该方法还包括:该第一终端接收来自该第二终端的第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,当第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息时,第一终端在接收第二控制信息之前,还可以接收来自第二终端的用于指示第二控制信息的作用的第四控制信息。如此,第一终端接收到第四控制信息后,可以根据第四控制信息接 收包含可用资源的指示信息的第二控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第四控制信息中的第四指示信息指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第四控制信息中的预留字段或第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段,指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。基于上述方法,第一终端接收到第二控制信息后,可用根据该可用资源的优先级信息确定出可用资源的优先级,如此,第一终端在做资源选择时可用考虑该优先级。对于优先级高的数据可以使用优先级高的资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识来指示该一个或多个资源集合对应的终端。如此,接收到接收到第二控制信息的终端,可以确定该第二信息中是否包含给反馈给自己的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端包括至少一个终端;该第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈消息关联。基于上述方法,第一终端可以确定需要哪些终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端测量的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自该第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP);或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的信号测量的接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI);或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ);或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRQ。基于上述方法,第二终端的第一参数可以为上述任一种,如此,第一终端可以通过多种方式确定第二终端。提高了第一终端确定第二终端的多样性和灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端属于第一组播组;该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向该第一组播组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分 比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自该第一组播组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。基于上述方法,第二终端的第二参数可以为上述任一种,如此,第一终端可以通过多种方式确定第二终端。提高了第一终端确定第二终端的多样性和灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,当第一终端和其他终端都触发第二终端反馈可用资源的信息时,第二终端可以向第一终端和其他终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助第一终端和其他终端做资源选择。需要说明的是,在这种情况下,第二终端发送一条控制信息,即可向第一终端和其他终端反馈可用资源的信息,节省了信令开销。
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源信息的传输方法,该方法包括:第二终端接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;该第二终端向该第一终端发送第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该第一终端的可用资源。
上述第二方面提供的方法,第二终端可以接收来自第一终端的用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的第一控制信息,并向第一终端发送包含可用资源的信息的第二控制信息。如此,若该可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源,第二终端可以向第一终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助第一终端做资源选择。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息触发第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第一指示信息指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,通过第一控制信息中的第二指示信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。如此,第二终端接收到第一控制信息后,可以知道要向第一终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。其中,指示预留资源的字段在被第二指示信息占用之前,包括:时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项。指示数据信息的字段在被第二指示信息占用之前,包括调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。基于上述方法,第一指示信息可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第二指示信息可以通过第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据 的指示信息。基于上述方法,第一控制信息的含义被改写,可以不用于预留资源,而是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该方法还包括:该第二终端接收来自所第一终端的第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一指示信息指示第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,通过第三控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。通常情况下,一条控制信息包括的比特数可能较少,在这种情况下,第一终端可以通过两条控制信息指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。一条用来指示第一控制信息的作用是用来指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,一条用于指示可用反馈可用资源的目标标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以向接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识和发送第一控制信息的终端(即第一终端)的标识,如此,接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端可以知道自己是否需要反馈可用资源,以及向谁反馈可用资源。除此之外,第一终端还可以向接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端指示要接收数据的终端的标识,如此,接收到第一控制信息和第三控制信息的终端知道自己是否需要根据第一控制信息和第三控制信息接收数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第一指示信息告知第二终端第三控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的第三指示信息告知第二终端第三控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段来指示第一控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的指示预留资源的字段指示第一控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中的预留字段和用于指示 该第三控制信息格式的字段指示第一控制信息的作用;或者,第一终端可以通过第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段指示第一控制信息的作用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过第三控制信息指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识,如此,第一控制信息中的预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息可以保留原先的含义,可以在指示第二终端反馈可用资源的同时,指示预留资源和/或第一终端要发送的数据的相关信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含调制编码方案MCS,解调参考信号DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。基于上述方法,第一终端可以通过使用资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项指示需要预留的资源,通过MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中的至少一项指示第一终端要发送的数据的相关信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过上述三种方式指示可用资源,提高了第二终端指示可用资源的多样性和灵活性。其中,组标识的比特数小于目的标识的比特数,组员标识的比特数也小于目的标识的比特数,所以可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息时,相比于可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息时,可用资源的指示信息包括的比特数更少。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。基于上述方法,第二终端还可以通过组播组或业务组的标识,以及该组内的组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第一终端和第二终端属于不同组或同一组时,第二终端可以通过目的标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,第一终端和第二终端属于不同组或同一组时,第二终端可以通过组标识和该组中的组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该第二终端属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。基于上述方 法,第一终端和第二终端属于同一组时,第二终端可以通过组员标识来指示可用资源的信息是反馈给哪个终端的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息时,可以通过第二控制信息中的第四指示信息指示第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。如此,第一终端接收到第二控制信息后,可以知道该第二控制信息是用于反馈可用资源的信息的。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第二控制信息中的预留字段指示第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过上述第一字段指示可用于资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,该方法还包括:该第二终端向该第二终端发送第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,当第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息时,第二终端在向第一终端发送第二控制信息之前,还可以向第一终端发送用于指示第二控制信息的作用的第四控制信息。如此,第一终端接收到第四控制信息后,可以根据第四控制信息接收包含可用资源的指示信息的第二控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第四控制信息中的第四指示信息指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过第四控制信息中的预留字段或第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段,指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。基于上述方法,第一终端接收到第二控制信息后,可用根据该可用资源的优先级信息确定出可用资源的优先级,如此,第一终端在做资源选择时可用考虑该优先级。对于优先级高的数据可以使用优先级高的资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。基于上述方法,第二终端可以通过一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识来指示该一个或多个资源集合对应的终端。如此,接收到接收到第二控制信息的终端,可以确定该第二信息中是否包含给反馈给自己的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端包括至少一个终端;该第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈信息关联。基于上述方法,第一终端可以确定需要哪些终端反馈可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向该第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自该第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该第二终端发送的信号测量的RSRQ;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSRQ。基于上述方法,第二终端的第一参数可以为上述任一种,如此,第一终端可以通过多种方式确定第二终端。提高了第一终端确定第二终端的多样性和灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向与该第一终端同组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自与该第一终端同组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。基于上述方法,第二终端的第二参数可以为上述任一种,如此,第一终端可以通过多种方式确定第二终端。提高了第一终端确定第二终端的多样性和灵活性。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。基于上述方法,当第一终端和其他终端都触发第二终端反馈可用资源的信息时,第二终端可以向第一终端和其他终端发送可用资源的信息,以辅助第一终端和其他终端做资源选择。需要说明的是,在这种情况下,第二终端发送一条控制信息,即可向第一终端和其他终端反馈可用资源的信息,节省了信令开销。
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源信息传输方法,该方法包括:第三终端接收来自第二终端的控制信息,该控制信息包括该第二终端反馈给第一终端的可用资源的信息;该第三终端根据该控制信息选择可用资源。
上述第三方面提供的方法,第三终端可以接收来自第二终端的控制信息,并根据该控制信息选择可用资源。如此,第三终端接收到该控制信息后可以选择出用于传输数据的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的,该第三终端根据该控制信息选择可用资源,包括:该第三终端在选择可用资源时,确定不选择该控制信息中指示的可用资源。基于上述方法,若该控制信息是第一终端触发第二终端发送的,该控制信息中的可用资源有可能被第一终端使用,所以第三终端在 选择可用资源时,排除该控制信息中的可用资源。如此,第三终端可以选择未被使用的资源传输数据,提高了第三终端传输数据的传输效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三终端根据该控制信息选择可用资源,包括:该第三终端确定第一参数,该第一参数用于判断该控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用;该第三终端根据该第一参数选择可用资源。基于上述方法,第三终端可以确定用于判断该控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用的第一参数,根据第一参数选择可用资源。如此,第三终端可以选择出传输效率更高的资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数包括RSRP的门限值,RSSI的门限值,RSRQ的门限值,或优先级。基于上述方法,第三终端可以根据RSRP的门限值,RSSI的门限值,RSRQ的门限值,或优先级,选择可用资源,来提高第三终端传输数据的传输效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为第二参数的函数,该第二参数用于确定被预留的资源是否可用。基于上述方法,第一终端可以根据用于确定被预留的资源是否可用的第二参数,得到第一参数。如此,可以不需要信令再次指示第一参数,减小了信令开销。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息不是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的。基于上述方法,控制信息不是第一终端触发第二终端发送时,第三终端可以有对应的方法选择可用资源。
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:发送模块和接收模块;发送模块,用于向第二终端发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;接收模块,用于接收来自该第二终端的第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该通信装置的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,发送模块,还用于向该第二终端发送第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和 源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指 示所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,接收模块,还用于接收来自该第二终端的第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端包括至少一个终端;该第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈消息关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置测量的信道状态信息CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置向第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置接收来自该第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收功率RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的信号测量的接收的信号强度指示RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收质量RSRQ;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRQ。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端属于第一组播组;该第二参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置向该第一组播组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置接收来自该第一组播组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:接收模块和发送模块;接收模块,用于接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息;发送模块,用于向该第一终端发送第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该第一终端的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,接收模块,还用于收来自所第一终端的第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,发送模块,还用于向第一终端发送第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括至少一个终端;该通信装置的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该通信装置的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈信息关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向该通信装置发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自该通信装置的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为 预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSRQ;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSRQ。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向与该第一终端同组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自与该第一终端同组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:接收模块和处理模块;接收模块,用于接收来自第二终端的控制信息,该控制信息包括该第二终端反馈给第一终端的可用资源的信息;处理模块,用于根据该控制信息选择可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的,处理模块,具体用于在选择可用资源时,确定不选择该控制信息中指示的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块,还具体用于确定第一参数,该第一参数用于判断该控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用;处理模块,还具体用于根据该第一参数选择可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数包括参考信号接收功率RSRP的门限值,接收的信号强度指示RSSI的门限值,参考信号接收质量RSRQ的门限值,或优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为第二参数的函数,该第二参数用于确定被预留的资源是否可用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息不是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的。
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该装置实现上述第三方面、或第三方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置用于实现上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置用于实现上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置用于实现上述第三方面、或第三方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或 指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行上述第三方面、或第三方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,其包括计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面、或第三方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第一方面、或第一方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第二十方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第二方面、或第二方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第二十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得该芯片实现上述第三方面、或第三方面任一种可能的实施方式中所述的方法。
第二十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信系统。该系统包括上述第四方面所述的装置,和/或上述第五方面所述的装置,和/或上述第六方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第七方面所述的装置,和/或上述第八方面所述的装置,和/或上述第九方面所述的装置,或者该系统包括上述第十方面所述的装置,和/或上述第十一方面所述的装置,和/或上述第十二方面所述的装置。
可以理解的,上述提供的任一种通信装置、芯片、计算机可读介质、计算机程序产品或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1A为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图;
图1B为本申请实施例提供的两级SCI中第一级SCI的示意图;
图1C为本申请实施例提供的两级SCI中第二级SCI的示意图;
图2为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;
图3为本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法的流程示意图一;
图4A为本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的示意图一;
图4B为本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的示意图二;
图4C为本申请实施例提供的第一控制信息的示意图三;
图5为本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法的流程示意图二;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图一;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图二;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图三;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的组成示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。
本申请实施例提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、NR系统、无线保真(wireless-fidelity,WiFi)系统,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统以及未来演进的通信系统等,不予限制。下面仅以图1A所示通信系统10为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。
如图1A所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统10的架构示意图。图1A中,通信系统10可以包括一个或多个网络设备101(仅示出了1个)以及可以与网络设备101进行通信的终端102-终端104。图1A仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。
在图1A中,网络设备可以为终端提供无线接入服务。具体来说,每个网络设备都对应一个服务覆盖区域,进入该区域的终端可通过Uu口与网络设备通信,以此来接收网络设备提供的无线接入服务。终端与网络设备之间可以通过Uu口链路通信。其中,Uu口链路可以根据其上传输的数据的方向分为上行链路(uplink,UL)、下行链路(downlink,DL),UL上可以传输从终端向网络设备发送的上行数据,DL上可以传输从网络设备向终端传输的下行数据。例如:图1A中,终端103位于网络设备101的覆盖区域内,网络设备101可以通过DL向终端103发送下行数据,终端103可通过UL向网络设备101发送上行数据。
终端与其他终端之间可以通过直连通信链路相互通信。其中,终端与其他终端之间的直连通信链路可以称之为SL。例如:图1A中终端102与终端103可以通过SL进行通信,终端104可以与终端103之间可以通过SL进行通信。
图1A中的网络设备,例如:网络设备101可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备。包括但不限于:LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),NR中的基站(gNodeB或gNB)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,WiFi系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。网络设备还可 以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或,分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备、或车载设备等。以下以网络设备为基站为例进行说明。所述多个网络设备可以为同一类型的基站,也可以为不同类型的基站。基站可以与终端进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端进行通信。终端可以与不同技术的多个基站进行通信,例如,终端可以与支持LTE网络的基站通信,也可以与支持5G网络的基站通信,还可以支持与LTE网络的基站以及5G网络的基站的双连接。
图1A中的终端,例如:终端102、终端103或终端104是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的终端、车载终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的终端、辅助驾驶中的终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端有时也可以称为终端设备、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、机器终端、UE代理或UE装置等。终端可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。
其中,上述中继可以是上述网络设备,也可以是上述终端,不予限制。
作为示例而非限定,在本申请中,终端可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
在本申请中,终端可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请中的终端可以是机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中的终端。本申请的终端可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。因此,本申请实施例可以应用于车联网,例如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)等。
在图1A所示的通信系统10中,终端102-终端104可以通过mode 1或mode 2选 择SL资源。在mode 1中,网络设备101为终端102-终端104分配资源。在mode 2中,终端102-终端104自己检测资源是否空闲,并发送SCI来预留资源。
其中,该SCI可以是两级SCI。两级SCI包括两级SCI中的第一级SCI(以下简称为SCI 0-1)和两级SCI中的第二级SCI(以下简称为SCI 0-2)。
SCI 0-1包括的内容可以如图1B所示。图1B中,SCI 0-1包括优先级信息(priority)、频域资源分配(frequency resource assignment)、时域资源分配(time resource assignment)、资源预留周期(resource reservation period)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)模式(DMRS pattern)、第二级SCI格式(2 nd-stage SCI format)、偏移指示(beta_offset indicator)、DMRS端口数(number of DMRS port)、调制编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)、MCS表格指示和预留比特(reserved)等。上述SCI 0-1中包括的优先级信息、频域资源分配、时域资源分配、资源预留周期、DMRS模式、第二级SCI格式、偏移指示、DMRS端口数、MCS、MCS表格指示和预留比特的介绍可以参考常规技术中的解释和说明,此处不做赘述。
SCI 0-2包括的内容可以如图1C所示。图1C中,SCI 0-2包括混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)进程标识(HARQ process ID)、新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)、冗余版本(redundancy version,RV)、源标识(source ID)、目的标识(destination ID)、信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)请求(CSI request)等。进一步的,SCI 0-2还包括区域标识(zone ID),或范围(range)指示等。上述SCI 0-2包括的HARQ进程标识、NDI、RV、源标识、目的标识、CSI请求、区域标识和range指示的介绍可以参考常规技术中的解释和说明,此处不做赘述。
需要说明的是,上述两级SCI也可以称为两阶SCI。两级SCI中的第一级SCI也可以称为两阶SCI中的第一阶SCI。两级SCI中的第二级SCI也可以称为两阶SCI中的第二阶SCI。上述预留比特位也可以称为保留比特位,或预留位,或保留位。比特位,或位,也可以称之为字段。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,SCI 0-1仅是两级SCI中的第一级SCI的一种表述方式,两级SCI中的第一级SCI还可以有其他的表述方式,不予限制。例如,SCI 0-1还可以替换为SCI 1、SCI 1-A等。同理,SCI 0-2仅是两级SCI中的第二级SCI的一种表述方式,两级SCI中的第二级SCI还可以有其他的表述方式,不予限制。例如,SCI 0-2还可以替换为SCI 0-3、SCI 2、SCI 2-A、SCI 2-B等。
本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法,发送终端可以通过两级SCI触发接收终端反馈可用资源的信息,接收终端可以通过两级SCI向发送终端发送该可用资源的信息。具体的,可以参考下述图3所示的方法。
图1A所示的通信系统10仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统10还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来确定网络设备和终端的数量,不予限制。
可选的,本申请实施例图1A中的各网元,例如终端102、终端103或终端104,可以是一个装置内的一个功能模块。可以理解的是,该功能模块既可以是硬件设备中的元件,例如,终端或网络设备中的通信芯片或通信部件,也可以是在硬件上运行的 软件功能模块,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。
例如,图1A中的各网元均可以通过图2中的通信装置200来实现。图2所示为可适用于本申请实施例的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置200包括至少一个处理器201,通信线路202,存储器203以及至少一个通信接口204。
处理器201可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路202可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。
通信接口204,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网接口,无线接入网接口(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网接口(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。
存储器203可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路202与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。其中,存储器203用于存储执行本申请方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器201来控制执行。处理器201用于执行存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例提供的方法。
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图2中的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置200可以包括多个处理器,例如图2中的处理器201和处理器207。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置200还可以包括输出设备205和输入设备206。输出设备205和处理器201通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备205可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备206和处理器201通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备206可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
上述的通信装置200可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中,通信装置200可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑(personal digital  assistant,PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备或有图2中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信装置200的类型。
下面结合图1A、图1B、图1C和图2对本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法进行具体阐述。
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、或“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。本申请中的“第一控制信息”等具有不同编号的控制信息,该编号仅为用于上下文行文方便,不同的次序编号本身不具有特定技术含义,比如,第一控制信息,第二控制信息等,可以理解为是一系列控制信息中的一个或者任一个。
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请下述实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者消息在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,第一终端、第二终端或第三终端可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部步骤。
在本申请实施例中,资源信息的传输方法的执行主体的具体结构,本申请实施例并未特别限定,只要可以通过运行记录有本申请实施例的资源信息的传输方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例的资源信息的传输方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法的执行主体可以是第一终端,或者为应用于第一终端中的部件,例如,芯片,本申请对此不进行限定。或者,本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法的执行主体可以是第二终端,或者为应用于第二终端的部件,例如,芯片,本申请对此不进行限定。或者,本申请实施例提供的资源信息的传输方法的执行主体可以是第三终端,或者为应用于第三终端的部件,例如,芯片,本申请对此不进行限定。下述实施例以资源信息的传输方法的执行主体分别为第一终端、第二终端和第三终端为例进行描述。
如图3所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种资源信息的传输方法,该资源信息的传输方法包括步骤301-步骤302。
步骤301:第一终端向第二终端发送第一控制信息。
其中,第一终端和第二终端可以是图1A中的终端。例如,第一终端为图1A中的终端102,第二终端为图1A中的终端103;或者,第一终端为图1A中的终端102,第二终端为图1A中的终端104。
其中,第一控制信息可以用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
可选的,第一控制信息承载在SCI中、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)中或者无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令中。
可以理解的,该第一控制信息除了是第一终端发送给第二终端的,该第一控制信息还可以是网络设备发送给第二终端的;或者,该第一控制信息还可以是网络设备和第一终端发送给第二终端的。其中,该网络设备可以是图1A中的网络设备101。
示例性的,第一终端向第二终端发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息承载在MAC CE中或者PC5RRC信令中。其中,PC5RRC为侧行链路上的RRC信令,或者,PC5RRC为侧行链路上终端设备之间的RRC信令。
示例性的,网络设备向第二终端发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息承载在下述信令中的任一种信令中:RRC信令、MAC信令或物理层信令。
示例性的,网络设备向第二终端发送第一控制信息;第一终端也向第二终端发送第一控制信息。网络设备发送的第一控制信息承载在RRC信令中,第一终端发送的第一控制信息承载在SCI中或MAC CE中。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例是以第一控制信息为第一终端发送给第二终端为例介绍的,第一控制信息为网络设备发送给第二终端的情况可以参见下述实施例中,第一控制信息为第一终端发送给第二终端时对应的描述,不予赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例不限制第二终端的个数。即第二终端可以包括至少一个终端。例如,第一终端为图1A中的终端102时,第二终端可以为图1A中的终端103和终端104。
可选的,第二终端为以下任一种或多种终端:第一终端要发送数据的接收终端,第一终端要发送数据的接收终端周围的终端,或者第一终端周围的终端。如此,当第二终端为第一终端要发送数据的接收终端,或者第一终端要发送数据的接收终端周围的终端,第二终端可以辅助第一终端做资源选择,以避免HTP。当第二终端为第一终端周围的终端时,第二终端可以在第一终端发生突发情形,例如第一终端能量不足或遭遇突发情形不能有效检测资源时,辅助第一终端检测可用资源。
进一步的,第二终端为第一终端周围的终端时,第二终端可以满足以下条件:第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值。其中,第一参数与信道质量关联,第二参数与反馈消息关联。第二终端的第一参数,也可以理解为第二终端与第一终端之间的第一参数。第二终端的第二参数,也可以理解为第二终端与第一终端之间的第二参数。具体的,可以参考下述图3所示方法的第一种可能的实现方式中所述。
下面对第一控制信息进行详细介绍:
可选的,第一控制信息为SCI 0-1。当第一控制信息为SCI 0-1时,SCI 0-1可以指示第一终端向第二终端发送SCI 0-2,SCI 0-1也可以指示第一终端不向第二终端发送SCI 0-2。
可以理解的,第一控制信息为SCI 0-1,并且该SCI 0-1指示第一终端向第二终端发送SCI 0-2时,以及第一控制信息为SCI 0-1,并且该SCI 0-1指示第一终端不向第二终端发送SCI 0-2时,第一控制信息包括的内容不同。也可以理解为,1)只有SCI0-1, 没有SCI0-2时;或者,2)既有SCI0-1,又有SCI0-2时,第一控制信息包括的内容不同。具体的,可以参考如下情形中的介绍:
情形1:第一控制信息为SCI 0-1。只有该SCI0-1,没有SCI0-2;或者,该SCI 0-1不指示第一终端向第二终端发送该SCI 0-1对应的SCI 0-2。
可选的,该情形下可以理解为在步骤301之后,第一终端不会向第二终端发送该SCI0-1对应的SCI0-2。也就是说,第一终端通过该SCI0-1指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
进一步的,该SCI 0-1可以指示第一终端不向第二终端发送SCI 0-2。
在情形1中,第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息。其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。该反馈可用资源的终端的标识也可以称为目的标识。该目的标识与常规技术中的SCI 0-1中的目的标识的含义不同,为本申请新引入的目的标识。该新引入的目的标识用于标识反馈可用资源的终端,使得接收到第一控制信息的终端知道自己是否需要反馈可用资源。其中,反馈可用资源的终端的标识,也可以理解为,被请求来反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识,或者被指示来反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识,或者要向第一终端反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识。
可选的,该反馈可用资源的终端的标识可以是针对业务而言的,和/或,针对发送业务的终端而言的,和/或,针对接收业务的终端而言的。
本申请中,该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,可以替换为:用于反馈可用资源的目的标识,或者,第二终端相关的目的标识,或者,被触发/请求/指示反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识。
本申请中,用于反馈可用资源的目的标识可以是独立配置的。可选的,网络设备分别为指示来反馈可用资源的终端配置了目的标识集合。所述目的标识集合包括多个可选的目的标识。所述独立配置为相对现有的用于标识预留资源或数据调度的目的标识,分别配置的。上述目的标识集合也可以是预定义的。
本申请中,可用资源,也可以理解为建议的资源,或推荐的资源,或推荐使用的资源,或参考资源,或参考使用的资源,或辅助资源,或援助资源,或探测到的(sensed)资源等。
一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息占用第一控制信息的预留字段。第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,和/或,指示数据信息的字段。
其中,预留字段可以包括SCI 0-1中预留比特所在的字段。本申请中,预留字段,也可以理解为保留字段,或未被使用的字段等。指示预留资源的字段在现有的SCI 0-1中包含预留资源的指示信息。例如,指示预留资源的字段可以包括SCI 0-1中,时域资源分配所在的字段、频域资源分配所在的字段或资源预留周期所在的字段中至少一个。指示数据信息的字段在现有的SCI 0-1中包含数据的指示信息。例如,指示数据信息的字段可以包括SCI 0-1中,DMRS模式所在的字段、第二级SCI格式所在的字段、偏移指示所在的字段、DMRS端口数所在的字段、或MCS所在的字段中至少一个。该偏移指示可以用于指示SCI 0-2的资源占用大小。该偏移指示也可以称为缩放因子或聚合级别或聚合值或缩放值等。
可以理解的,第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段时,第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息。第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示数据信息的字段时,第一控制信息不包含数据的指示信息。其中,预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,第二级SCI格式或偏移指示中至少一项。也可以理解为,指示预留资源的字段包含时域资源分配的字段,频域资源分配的字段,或资源预留周期的字段中至少一项;指示数据信息的字段包含MCS的字段,DMRS模式的字段,DMRS端口号的字段,第二级SCI格式的字段或偏移指示的字段中至少一项。
示例性的,以第一指示信息占用第一控制信息的预留字段,第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,和指示数据信息的字段为例,第一控制信息可以如图4A所示。图4A中,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的指示预留资源的字段中的部分或全部字段,和指示数据信息的字段中的部分或全部字段被第二指示信息占用,用来指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识,预留字段中的1比特(bit)被第一指示信息占用,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。优先级信息和预留比特中的其他比特的含义不变。
示例性的,以第一指示信息占用第一控制信息的预留字段,第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示数据信息的字段为例,第一控制信息可以如图4B所示。图4B中,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的指示数据信息的字段中的部分或全部字段被第二指示信息占用,用来指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识,预留字段中的1bit被第一指示信息占用,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。指示预留资源的字段中的部分或全部字段被设置为invalid,用来指示第一控制信息不用于预留资源。优先级信息和预留比特中的其他比特的含义不变。可以理解的,在本示例中,第二指示信息除了占用指示数据信息的字段之外,还可以占用指示预留资源的字段中未被设置为invalid的字段。
示例性的,以第一指示信息占用第一控制信息的预留字段,第二指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段为例,第一控制信息可以如图4C所示。图4C中,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的指示预留资源的字段中的部分或全部字段被第二指示信息占用,用来指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识,预留字段中的1bit被第一指示信息占用,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。优先级信息、指示数据信息的字段和预留比特中的其他比特的含义不变。可以理解的,在本示例中,第二指示信息除了占用指示预留资源的字段之外,还可以占用指示数据信息的字段中未被使用的字段。
可以理解的,除了上述示例中,第一指示信息通过占用预留字段来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的之外,第一指示信息也可以通过占用指示预留资源的字段中的部分或全部字段,和/或,指示数据信息的字段中的部分或全部字段,来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。需要说明的是,在这种情况下,第一指示信息与第二指示信息占用的字段不同。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中某一字段被占用,可以理解为该字段,或该字段中的某个或某些字段被设置为特定值,或特定字符串。例如,频域资源分配被设置为 invalid,可以表示频域资源分配所在字段被占用,并被设置为无效。在本申请实施例中,invalid也可以替换为NULL/NIL。NULL/NIL用于指示该字段不被用到,或该字段中没有实际含义的。可以理解的,NULL/NIL也可以理解为空的字段。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中某一字段被占用,也可以理解为,某一字段承载了对应的信息。例如,第一指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,可以理解为,第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段不承载或者未承载预留资源的信息,而是承载第一指示信息。
情形2:第一控制信息为SCI 0-1。既有SCI0-1,又有SCI0-2;或者,该SCI 0-1指示第一终端向第二终端发送该SCI 0-1对应的SCI 0-2。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该SCI 0-1可以用于指示第一终端向第二终端发送第三控制信息。
可选的,步骤301之后,第一终端还会向第二终端发送第三控制信息。第三控制信息可以用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。例如,第三控制信息包括反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识。可选的,第三控制信息为SCI 0-2。该反馈可用资源的终端的标识也可以称为目的标识。该目的标识与常规技术中的SCI 0-2中的目的标识的含义不同,为本申请新引入的目的标识。该反馈可用资源的终端的标识的具体介绍可以参考上述情形1中所述。第三控制信息包括的源标识和常规技术中的SCI 0-2中的源标识的含义不同,是本申请实施例新引入的源标识,因此,第三控制信息也可以称为SCI 2-C。
可选的,上述源标识可以是针对业务而言的,也可以是针对发送业务的终端而言的,还可以是既针对发送业务的终端,又针对业务而言的。
在常规技术中,当第一终端发送控制信息时,目的标识指的是,对于第一终端来说所传输的数据/业务相应的目的标识;源标识指的是与第一终端相关的标识,或者与第一终端的业务相关的标识。
在本申请中,第一终端发送控制信息时,新引入的目的标识为反馈可用资源的终端的标识。例如,第一终端发送数据信息/反馈信息给第二终端,目的标识可以是第二终端相关的标识。例如,目的标识可以是第二终端的标识相关联的标识;目的标识可以是发给第二终端的业务相关联的标识;或者,目的标识可以是与第二终端的标识和发给第二终端的业务相关联的标识。相应地,当第一终端发送控制信息时,源标识指的是,与第一终端标识相关联的标识,与第一终端所发送的业务相关联的标识,或者,与第一终端标识和第一终端所发送的业务相关联的标识。
本申请中,新引入的源标识指的是,触发反馈可用资源的源标识,或者请求反馈可用资源的源标识,或者指示反馈可用资源的源标识。可选的,新引入的源标识可以复用目前现有的源标识,或者可以是在现有的源标识基础上的扩展(具体扩展如下)。
本申请中,所传输的数据为泛指,即所传输的数据可以理解为所传输的信息。该信息可以为请求反馈信息,也可以为反馈信息。
需要说明的是,相比于常规技术中SCI 0-2中所包含的源标识,第三控制信息所包含的源标识可以包含更多的比特位。这样能更加准确地标识该通信源,从而在进行反馈时能更加准确地标识目的终端。同理,相比于常规技术中SCI 0-2中所包含的目 的标识,第三控制信息所包含的反馈可用资源的终端的标识可以包含更多的比特位。这样能更加准确地标识该通信目的终端。
示例性的,以常规技术中源标识包含8比特位为例,第三控制信息所包含的源标识包含的比特位可以扩展到12或16。
示例性的,以常规技术中的目的标识包含16比特位为例,第三控制信息所包含的反馈可用资源的终端的标识包含的比特位可以扩展到20或24。
可以理解的,在这种情况下,该SCI 0-1包含第三控制信息相关的信息。其中,第三控制信息相关的信息包括第三控制信息的格式信息。示例性的,以第三控制信息为SCI 0-2为例,第三控制信息的格式信息包括第二级SCI格式。
下面分别介绍第一控制信息和第三控制信息。首先,第一控制信息有以下几种情形:
情形2-1:第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以用于指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。在情形2中,第一指示信息用于指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,也可以理解为:第一指示信息用于指示第一控制信息所关联的第三控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。
一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息占用第一控制信息中的预留字段。
示例性的,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第一指示信息占用,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第一控制信息中其余字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变或部分改变。
在情形2-1中,第一控制信息可以包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。如此,第一控制信息在指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息时,还可以用于预留资源,和/或,指示后续要传输的数据的相关信息。其中,预留资源的指示信息和数据的指示信息的介绍可以参考上述情形1中所述。
情形2-2:第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以用于指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识。第一指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。其中,指示预留资源的字段的介绍可以参考上述情形1中所述。
示例性的,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的指示预留资源的字段中的部分或全部字段被设置为invalid,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,以及第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识。第一控制信息中的其他字段的含义可以不变。
情形2-3:第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第三指示信息。该第一指示信息可以用于指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第三指示信息用于指示第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识。第一指示信息占用第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段或预留字段,第三指示信息占用第一控制信息中用于指示第三控制信息格式的字段,例如,第二级SCI格式所在的字段。
示例性的,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第一指示信息占用,用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的。第二级SCI格式所在 的字段被第三指示信息占用,用来指示第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识。第一控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变。可选的,第一控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义也可以部分改变。
需要说明的是,上述情形仅是第一控制信息的示例,第一控制信息还可以是其他形式的。例如,第二级SCI格式所在的字段被占用(例如,第二级SCI格式所在的字段中的部分或全部字段被设置为第二级SCI格式标识),用来指示第一控制信息是用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,并且还用来指示第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
可选的,第三控制信息可以通过多种方式指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。示例性的,第三控制信息通过下述三种可能的实现方式指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识:
一种可能的实现方式,第三控制信息为在图1C所示的SCI 0-2的基础上增加新的字段后的信息。该新的字段包括反馈可用资源的终端的标识。例如,该新的字段可以为SCI0-2中的预留字段。
另一种可能的实现方式,第三控制信息为将图1C所示的SCI 0-2中的部分或全部字段用来指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
例如,SCI 0-2中的接收终端的目的标识被复用来指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。即,SCI 0-2中的现有的接收终端的目的标识既可以表示通信的目的标识,也可以表示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
再一种可能的实现方式,第三控制信息为将图1C所示的SCI 0-2改写后的信息,该改写后的信息包括反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在这种可能的实现方式中,现有SCI 0-2中的内容不再被包含,而是为现有的SCI0-2定义一个新的格式。该新定义的SCI 0-2包括反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
可以理解的,SCI 0-2位于物理层侧行链路共享信道(physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)中,所以数据的指示信息也包含对SCI 0-2的指示信息。例如,偏移指示为对SCI 0-2所占用的资源的指示信息。因此,本申请实施例中,数据的指示信息也可以称为第二级SCI的指示信息。指示数据信息的字段也可以称为指示第二级SCI信息的字段。
步骤302:第二终端接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,并向第一终端发送第二控制信息。
其中,第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端的可用资源;或者,可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源。可用资源的指示信息可以包括一个或多个资源集合,每个资源集合包括可用时域资源和/或可用频域资源。其中,可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源,也可以理解为:该可用资源的指示信息用于指示可供第一终端使用的资源。可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,也可以理解为:该可用资源的指示信息用于指示可供第一终端和其他终端使用的资源。
例如,可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源,可用资源的指示信息包括第一终端对应的资源集合。该资源集合中的资源可以用于第一终端向要发送数据的接收终端发送数据。
又例如,可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,可用资源的指示信息包括第一终端对应的资源集合和其他终端对应的资源集合。第一终端对应的资源集合中的资源可以用于第一终端向要发送数据的接收终端发送数据。其他终端对应的资源集合中的资源可以用于其他终端向要发送数据的接收终端发送数据。
可选的,第二控制信息还包括源标识。该源标识用于指示第二终端。
可以理解的,第一终端向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的控制信息,可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源。第一终端和其他终端都向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的控制信息,可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源。如此,第二终端发送一次控制信息即可向第一终端和其他终端反馈各自终端的可用资源。
可选的,当可用资源的指示信息包括多个资源集合时,可用资源的指示信息还可以包含至少一个目的标识、至少一个组员标识或至少一个组标识。例如,可用资源的指示信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识、组员标识(group member ID)、或组标识以及该资源集合对应的终端在该组中的组员标识。其中,该资源集合对应的终端为后续使用该资源集合中的资源发送数据的终端。上述组可用是组播组,也可以是业务组等,不予限制。
本申请中,当第二终端发送控制信息时,目的标识指的是,对于第二终端来说所传输的数据相应的目的标识。例如,第二终端发送数据信息/反馈信息给第一终端,目的标识可以是第一终端相关的标识。可以理解为,对于第二终端来说,目的标识可以是请求反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识,或者指示反馈可用资源的终端相关的标识。例如,目的标识可以是第一终端的标识相关联的标识;目的标识可以是发给第一终端的业务相关联的标识;或者,目的标识可以是与第一终端的标识和发给第一终端的业务相关联的标识。相应地,当第二终端发送控制信息时,源标识指的是,与第二终端标识相关联的标识,与第二终端所发送的业务相关联的标识,或者,与第二终端标识和第二终端所发送的业务相关联的标识。当第二终端发送控制信息时,源标识指的是,反馈可用资源的第二终端相关的标识。
可选的,可用资源的指示信息可以有如下几种形式:
形式1:可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。
示例性的,以可用资源的指示信息用于指示第一终端的可用资源为例,可用资源的指示信息包括第一终端的目的标识,和可用资源1。该可用资源1为第一终端的目的标识对应的可用资源。
可以理解的,在上述示例中,可用资源的指示信息也可以不包括第一终端的目的标识。
示例性的,以可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,其他终端包括终端1和终端2,可用资源1为终端1对应的可用资源,可用资源2为终端2对应的可用资源,可用资源3为第一终端对应的可用资源为例,可用资源的指示信息包括终端1的目的标识,可用资源1,终端2的目的标识,可用资源2,第一终端的目的标识,可用资源3;或者,可用资源的指示信息包括可用资源1,可用资源2, 可用资源3,终端1的目的标识,终端2的目的标识和第一终端的目的标识。
需要说明的是,在情形1中,第一终端、其他终端以及第二终端可以属于不同组,也可以属于相同组。
形式2:可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
示例性的,以可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,其他终端包括终端1和终端2,终端1所属的组播组为组播组1,终端1在组播组1中的组员标识为组员1,终端2所属的组播组为组播组2,终端2在组播组2中的组员标识为组员2,第一终端所属的组播组为组播组3,第一终端在组播组3中的组员标识为组员3为例,可用资源的指示信息包括组播组1,组员1,可用资源1,组播组2,组员2,可用资源2,组播组3,组员3,可用资源3。其中,可用资源1为终端1对应的可用资源,可用资源2为终端2对应的可用资源,可用资源3为第一终端对应的可用资源。
需要说明的是,在情形2中,第一终端、其他终端以及第二终端可以属于不同组播组,也可以属于相同组播组。
形式3,可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
可以理解的,在情形3中第一终端、其他终端以及第二终端属于相同组。
示例性的,以可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,其他终端包括终端1和终端2,终端1、终端2和第一终端所属的业务组都为业务组1,终端1在业务组1中的组员标识为组员1,终端2在业务组1中的组员标识为组员2,第一终端在业务组1中的组员标识为组员3为例,可用资源的指示信息包括组员1,可用资源1,组员2,可用资源2,组员3,可用资源3;或者,可用资源的指示信息包括可用资源1,可用资源2,可用资源3,组员1,组员2和组员3。其中,可用资源1为终端1对应的可用资源,可用资源2为终端2对应的可用资源,可用资源3为第一终端对应的可用资源。
需要说明的是,第一终端、其他终端和第二终端属于同一组,可用资源的指示信息可以不包括组员标识,而是顺序地包括第二终端向每个终端反馈的可用资源。例如,可用资源的指示信息包括的第二终端向每个终端反馈的可用资源的信息,是按照该组内的组员标识从大到小的顺序排列的;或者,可用资源的指示信息包括的第二终端向每个终端反馈的可用资源的信息,是按照该组内的组员标识从小到大的顺序排列的。
示例性的,以可用资源的指示信息可以用于指示第一终端和其他终端的可用资源,第一终端、其他终端和第二终端属于同一组播组,其他终端包括终端1、终端2和终端3,终端1在该组播组中的组员标识为组员1,终端2在该组播组中的组员标识为组员2,终端3在该组播组中的组员标识为组员3,第一终端在该组播组中的组员标识为组员4,第二终端在该组播组中的组员标识为组员5,终端1对应的可用资源为可用资源1,终端2对应的可用资源为可用资源2,终端3对应的可用资源为可用资源3,第一终端对应的可用资源为可用资源4为例,可用资源的指示信息包括可用资源1,可用资源2、可用资源3和可用资源4;或者,可用资源的指示信息包括可用资源4、可 用资源3,可用资源2和可用资源1。
需要说明的是,上述形式仅是可用资源的指示信息的示例,在实际应用中,可用资源的指示信息还可以是其他形式。例如,在第一终端和其他终端中,对于和第二终端同一组的终端,可用资源的指示信息包括该终端在该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;对于和第二终端不同组播组的中,可用资源的指示信息包括目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,可用资源的指示信息包括该终端所在组的组标识,该终端在组中的组员标识,和该组标识和该组员标识对应的可用资源。
可选的,可用资源的指示信息还可以包括源标识。该源标识可以指示发送可用资源的指示信息的终端,因此第一终端可以获知这是第二终端反馈的可用资源。当第一终端向多个第二终端指示反馈可用资源时,第一终端可以根据该源标识获知是哪个第二终端为其反馈可用资源,从而在进行资源确定或使用时能正确判定。
可选的,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。可以理解的,该优先级信息可以包括在可用资源的指示信息中,也可以不包括在可用资源的指示信息中。
可选的,第二控制信息为SCI、MAC CE或者RRC信令。当第二控制信息为SCI时,第二控制信息为SCI 0-1或SCI 0-2中的至少一项。
一种可能的实现方式,第二控制信息为SCI 0-1,第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息。第四指示信息用于指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。第四指示信息还可以描述为用于指示第二控制信息不用于资源预留。
可选的,第四指示信息占用第二控制信息的预留字段。
可选的,可用资源的指示信息占用第二控制信息中的第一字段。
其中,第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级SCI格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。
示例性的,以第一字段包括时域资源分配所在的字段和频域资源分配所在的字段为例,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第四指示信息占用,用来指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。时域资源分配所在的字段和频域资源分配所在的字段被可用资源的指示信息占用,用来反馈可用资源。其中,时域资源分配所在的字段可以用于指示可用资源指示信息中的时域资源,频域资源分配所在的字段可以用于指示可用资源指示信息中的频域资源。第二控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变,或部分改变。
示例性的,以第一字段包括时域资源分配所在的字段为例,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第四指示信息占用,用来指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。时域资源分配所在的字段被可用资源的指示信息占用,用来反馈可用资源。第二控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变,或部分改变。
示例性的,以第一字段包括频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段和MCS所在的字段为例,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第四指示信息 占用,用来指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段和MCS所在的字段被可用资源的指示信息占用,用来反馈可用资源。第二控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变,或部分改变。
另一种可能的实现方式,第二控制信息为SCI 0-2,在第二终端在向第一终端发送第二控制信息之前,还要向第一终端发送第四控制信息。第四控制信息用于指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的信息。可选的,第四控制信息为SCI 0-1。需要说明的是,此时第二控制信息的格式与常规技术中的SCI 0-2不同,因此,第二控制信息也可以称为SCI 2-C。
进一步的,第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,第四指示信息可以用于指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的信息。第四指示信息可以占用第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,第四指示信息占用第四控制信息中的第二级SCI格式所在的字段。其中,第四指示信息占用第四控制信息中的第二级SCI格式所在的字段,也可以理解为:第四指示信息为新的格式标识,即该格式标识表示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。
示例性的,以第四指示信息占用第四控制信息的预留字段为例,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的预留字段中的1bit被第四指示信息占用,用来指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。第四控制信息中的其他字段以及预留字段中的其他比特的含义可以不变,或部分改变。
示例性的,以第四指示信息占用第四控制信息中的第二级SCI格式所在的字段为例,图1B所示的SCI 0-1的第二级SCI格式所在的字段可以被设置为特定值或特定字符串,用来指示第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息。
可选的,第二控制信息为在图1C所示的SCI 0-2的基础上增加新的字段后的信息。该新的字段包括可用资源的指示信息;或者,第二控制信息为将图1C所示的SCI 0-2中的部分或全部字段用来指示可用资源;或者,第二控制信息为将图1C所示的SCI 0-2改写后的信息,该改写后的信息包括可用资源的指示信息。具体的,可用参考上述第三控制信息中对应的介绍。
对应的,第一终端接收来自第二终端的第二控制信息。后续,第一终端可以根据第二控制信息确定要发送的数据的资源,并使用该资源发送数据。
需要说明的是,上述第一控制信息或第二控制信息可以在第一终端与接收数据的终端进行数据传输之前发送。接收数据的终端可以包括在第二终端中,也可以不包括在第二终端中。例如,第一终端向第二终端发送第一控制信息。第二终端接收到该第一控制信息后,向第一终端发送第二控制信息。第一终端接收到该第二控制信息后,根据该第二控制信息确定要发送的数据的资源,向第二终端发送SCI,该SCI用于预留要发送数据的资源或进行数据调度通信。第二终端接收到SCI后,根据SCI确定要接收的数据的资源,并在该资源上接收第一终端发送的数据。
需要说明的是,上述第一控制信息也可以是第一终端向第二终端发送的用于预留资源或进行数据调度通信的控制信息。上述第二控制信息也可以是第二终端向第一终端发送的用于预留资源或进行数据调度通信的控制信息。在这种情况下,第一控制信息可以重新修订预留比特字段,使得第二终端知道第一控制信息除了用于预留资源或 进行数据调度通信外,还用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。同样,第二控制信息可以重新修订预留比特字段,使得第一终端知道第二控制信息除了用于预留资源或进行数据调度通信之外,还包含可用资源的指示信息。第三控制信息除了包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识之外,还要包括用于数据通信的终端的标识,也就是用于接收第一终端发送的数据的终端的标识。
本申请中,无论是第一控制信息中的目的标识,或者第三控制信息中的目的标识,都可以是一个或多个。当为多个目的标识时,可以触发多个目标终端反馈可用资源的信息。第二控制信息中的目的标识也可以是一个或多个。当为多个目的标识时,表示向不同的目标终端反馈可用资源的信息。
本申请中,可选的,第一控制信息中的目的标识,可以复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识。可选的,第一控制信息中的源标识,可以复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的源标识。当复用用于用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识来指示需要反馈可用资源的信息的终端时,可以减少对现有控制信息的修改,从而最小化控制信息的成本(cost或overhead)。同样,当复用用于用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的源标识来指示请求反馈可用资源的信息的终端时,可以减少对现有控制信息的修改,从而最小化控制信息的成本(cost或overhead)。例如,SCI中所包含预留资源或进行数据调度通信的目的标识所对应的就是第二终端,是需要反馈可用资源的信息的终端。SCI中所包含预留资源或进行数据调度通信的源标识所对应的就是第一终端,是需要请求反馈可用资源的信息的终端。所述第一控制信息中的目的标识,可以被复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识,可以通过新的指示信息在第一控制信息中进行指示。其中,这里的第一控制信息可以是SCI 0-1或SCI 0-2。
本申请中,可选的,第二控制信息中的目的标识,可以复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识。可选的,第二控制信息中的源标识,可以复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的源标识。当复用用于用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识来指示反馈给请求反馈可用资源的信息的终端时,可以减少对现有控制信息的修改,从而最小化控制信息的成本(cost或overhead)。同样,当复用用于用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的源标识来指示反馈可用资源的信息的终端时,可以减少对现有控制信息的修改,从而最小化控制信息的成本(cost或overhead)。例如,SCI中所包含预留资源或进行数据调度通信的目的标识所对应的就是第一终端,是之前请求反馈可用资源的信息的终端,也是目前待反馈可用资源的信息的终端。SCI中所包含预留资源或进行数据调度通信的源标识所对应的就是第二终端,是反馈可用资源的信息的终端。第二控制信息中的目的标识,可以被复用用于资源预留或进行数据调度通信的目的标识,可以通过新的指示信息在第二控制信息中进行指示。其中,这里的第二控制信息可以是SCI 0-1或SCI 0-2。
本申请中,进行数据调度通信也可以称之为数据调度。资源预留也可以称之为预留资源。复用也可以理解为被复用,或者被用来,或者同时指示。
基于图3所示的方法,第一终端可以向第二终端发送用于指示第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的第一控制信息,并接收来自第二终端的包含可用资源的指示信息的第二控制信息。后续,第一终端可以根据第二控制信息做资源选择。如此,可以帮助第一 终端在SL的资源选择中选择更可靠有效的资源,提高第一终端与第二终端之间的传输效率。
可选的,在图3所示方法的第一种可能的实现方式中,第二终端为第一终端周围的终端时,第二终端可以满足以下条件:第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值。其中,第一参数与信道质量关联,第二参数与反馈消息关联。
进一步的,该信道质量可以是第一终端与第二终端之间信道的质量。该反馈消息可以是第一组播组中的反馈消息。所述第二终端包括在第一组播组中。反馈消息包括确认消息(acknowledgement,ACK)和否定确认消息(not-acknowledgement,NACK)。
基于组播(groupcast)的反馈方式有两种:第一种反馈方式中,接收终端反馈NACK。即接收终端不反馈ACK,接收终端在接收不正确时,在共有的反馈资源上反馈NACK。第二种反馈方式中,接收终端既可以反馈ACK,也可以反馈NACK。即接收终端接收正确时,在发送终端和接收终端的反馈资源上反馈ACK,接收终端接收不正确时,在发送终端和接收终端的反馈资源上反馈NACK。
可选的,第一阈值或第二阈值为网络设备或第一终端配置的。例如,第一阈值或第二阈值是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的。又例如,第一阈值或第二阈值是第一终端通过SCI配置的。可以理解的,若RRC信令或SCI中第一阈值或第二阈值为缺省值时,可以表示不需要第二终端辅助检测可用资源。
可选的,如果有多个资源池,第一阈值或第二阈值中任何一个可以是对应资源池进行配置的。即如果有第一资源池,第二资源池,网络设备或第一终端配置时可以针对不同的资源池进行相应的配置。
可选的,第一阈值或第二阈值,与信道拥塞率(channel busy rate,CBR)关联。示例性的,第一CBR大于第二CBR时,第一CBR对应的第一阈值小于第二CBR对应的第一阈值。第一CBR大于第二CBR时,第一CBR对应的第二阈值大于第二CBR对应的第二阈值。可以理解的,第一阈值和第二阈值可以相同也可以不同。
下面分别介绍第一参数和第二参数。其中,第一参数和第二参数有以下六种情况:
情况1:第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端测量的信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)测量结果;或者,第一参数为预设时间段内,第二终端测量的CSI测量结果。其中,第二终端测量的CSI测量结果为被第二终端测量并反馈给第一终端的CSI测量结果。
其中,CSI的测量结果为第一终端和第二终端之间的CSI的测量结果。CSI的测量结果用于指示第一终端和第二终端之间的信道质量。第一CSI的测量结果大于第二CSI的测量结果,第一CSI的测量结果指示的信道质量比第二CSI的测量结果指示的信道质量好。
情况2:第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端向第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端接收来自第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比。
其中,该反馈消息可以是基于上述第二种反馈方式发送的反馈消息。确认消息所占的百分比可以反映第一终端与第二终端之间的信道质量。确认消息所占的百分比1 大于确认消息所占的百分比2,确认消息所占的百分比1对应的信道质量比确认消息所占的百分比2对应的信道质量好。
情况3:第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端基于第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP);或者,第一参数为预设时间段内,第二终端基于第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP。
其中,RSRP可以反映第一终端与第二终端的信道质量。第一RSRP大于第二RSRP,第一RSRP对应的信道质量比第二RSRP对应的信道质量好。
情况4:第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端基于第二终端发送的信号测量的接收的信号强度指示(received signal strength indicator,RSSI);或者,第一参数为预设时间段内,第二终端基于第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI。
其中,RSSI可以反映第一终端与第二终端的信道质量。第一RSSI大于第二RSSI,第一RSSI对应的信道质量比第二RSSI对应的信道质量好。
情况5:第一参数为预设时间段内,第一终端基于第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ);或者,第一参数为预设时间段内,第二终端基于第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRQ。
其中,RSRQ可以反映第一终端与第二终端的信道质量。第一RSRQ大于第二RSRQ,第一RSRQ对应的信道质量比第二RSRQ对应的信道质量好。
情况6:第二参数为预设时间段内,第一终端向第一组播组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,第二参数为预设时间段内,第一终端接收来自第一组播组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
其中,该反馈消息可以是基于上述第一种反馈方式发送的反馈消息。否定确认消息所占的百分比可以反映第一终端与第二终端之间的信道质量。否定确认消息所占的百分比1大于否定确认消息所占的百分比2,否定确认消息所占的百分比2对应的信道质量比否定确认消息所占的百分比1对应的信道质量好。
需要说明的是,上述情况1-情况6中的预设时间段可以相同也可以不同。
可以理解的,通过图3所示方法的第一种可能的实现方式中所述的方法,可以选择出通信质量较好的终端作为第二终端,这样第二终端检测出的可用资源更为准确。第一终端采用第二终端检测出的可用资源传输数据时,通信质量较高。
上述图3所示的方法为第一终端如何触发第二终端向第一终端反馈可用资源的信息的方法。在第一终端和第二终端附近,还有第三终端。该第三终端可以监听到其他终端发送的SCI,该SCI可以是用于预留资源的SCI,该SCI也可以是上述第二控制信息。若该SCI是用于预留资源的SCI,第三终端监听到该SCI后,确定该SCI中的资源被使用。第三终端在做资源选择时,不考虑该SCI中的资源。而上述第二控制信息为新定义的信息,因此第三终端监听到第二控制信息后,不知道如何处理第二控制信息中的资源。
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种资源信息的传输方法,该方法包括步骤501-步骤502。
步骤501:第二终端向第三终端发送控制信息。
其中,第二终端和第三终端可以为图1A中的终端。例如,第二终端为图1A中的 终端103,第三终端为图1A中的终端104;或者,第二终端为图1A中的终端102,第三终端为图1A中的终端103。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例不限制第三终端的个数。第三终端包括至少一个终端。例如,第二终端为图1A中的终端103,第三终端为图1A中的终端104和终端102;或者,第二终端为图1A中的终端102,第三终端为图1A中的终端103和终端终端104。
可选的,控制信息包括第二终端反馈给第一终端的可用资源的信息。该控制信息的介绍可以参考上述图3所示方法中对第二控制信息的介绍,不予赘述。
可选的,该控制信息为第一终端触发第二终端发送的;或者,该控制信息不是第一终端触发第二终端发送的,例如,该控制信息为第二终端检测到可用资源后,向第一终端上报的。
步骤502:第三终端接收来自第二终端的控制信息,并根据该控制信息选择可用资源。
一种可能的实现方式,控制信息为第一终端触发第二终端发送的。通常第一终端要发送数据时,会触发至少一个终端反馈可用资源的信息。因此,第一终端在后续SCI调度通信中会使用该控制信息中指示的可用资源。在这种情况下,第三终端根据该控制信息选择可用资源,包括:第三终端在选择可用资源时,确定不选择该控制信息中指示的可用资源。
可用理解的,第三终端在选择可用资源时,确定不选择该控制信息中指示的可用资源,也可以理解为,第三终端在选择可用资源时,排除该控制信息中指示的可用资源。
进一步的,第三终端在选择可用资源时,当该控制信息的RSRP/RSSI/RSRP大于等于一个门限值时,第三终端不选择所述控制信息中指示的可用资源;或者,第三终端在选择可用资源时,当控制信息的RSRP/RSSI/RSRP小于或等于一个门限值时,第三终端选择所述控制信息中指示的可用资源。上述两个门限值可用相同也可以不同。其中,上述控制信息的RSRP/RSSI/RSRP用于指示该控制信息中指示的可用资源的对应的信号质量。当上述控制信息的RSRP/RSSI/RSRP大于等于一个门限值时,意味着遭受的干扰强度较大,需要尽量避免使用同样的资源,保证数据的可靠传输。当上述控制信息的RSRP/RSSI/RSRP小于或等于一个门限值时,意味着遭受的干扰强度较小,可以使用同样的资源,使得提高频谱资源使用效率。
另一种可能的实现方式,控制信息不是第一终端触发第二终端发送的,在这种情况下,该可用资源也可以称为免授权的资源,第一终端在后续SCI调度通信中不一定会使用该控制信息中指示的可用资源。第三终端根据该控制信息选择可用资源,包括:第三终端确定第一参数;第三终端根据该第一参数选择可用资源。
其中,第一参数可以用于判断该控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用。第一参数可以包括RSRP的门限值,RSSI的门限值,RSRQ的门限值,或优先级。
进一步的,第一参数为网络设备配置的;或者,第一参数为第二参数的函数,也就是说,第二参数通过运算可以得到第一参数。
其中,网络设备可以为图1A中的网络设备101。
其中,第二参数可以用于确定被预留的资源是否可用。第二参数为网络设备配置 的。第二参数可以包括RSRP的门限值,RSSI的门限值,RSRQ的门限值,或优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一参数为将第二参数增加一个偏移量后得到的。示例性的,以第一参数包括优先级1,第二参数包括优先级2,偏移量为2为例,优先级1=优先级2+2。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一参数为将第二参数减少一个偏移量后得到的。示例性的,以第一参数包括RSSI的门限值1,第二参数包括RSSI的门限值2,偏移量为-3为例,RSSI的门限值1=RSSI的门限值2-(-3)。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一参数为将第二参数乘以一个百分数后得到的。示例性的,以第一参数包括RSRQ的门限值1,第二参数包括RSRQ的门限值2,偏移量为120%为例,RSRQ的门限值1=RSRQ的门限值2*120%。
可以理解的,上述示例中,第一参数和第二参数之间的函数关系仅是示例性的,第一参数和第二参数之间的函数关系还可以是其他形式的,不予限制。
第三终端根据该第一参数选择可用资源,可以理解为,第三终端根据第一参数确定控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用。
示例性的,以第一参数包括RSRQ的门限值,控制信息中指示的可用资源的RSRQ为RSRQ 1,若RSRQ 1大于RSRQ的门限值,则该控制信息中指示的可用资源可用;若RSRQ 1小于RSRQ的门限值,则该控制信息中指示的可用资源不可用。
基于图5所示的方法,第三终端可以接收来自第二终端的控制信息,并根据该控制信息选择可用资源。若该控制信息用于预留资源,第三终端后续做资源选择时,排除该控制信息中指示的可用资源;若该控制信息是第一终端触发第二终端发送的,第三终端后续做资源选择时,排除该控制信息中指示的可用资源;若该控制信息不是第一终端触发第二终端发送的,第三终端后续做资源选择时,可以根据第一参数选择资源。如此,对不同类型的控制信息,第三终端可以有不同的处理方式,处理方式灵活。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述第一终端、第二终端或第三终端等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一终端、第二终端或第三终端进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图6示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第一终端或者第一终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述实施例 中涉及的第一终端的功能。
作为一种可能的实现方式,图6所示的通信装置包括:发送模块601和接收模块602。
发送模块601,用于向第二终端发送第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
接收模块602,用于接收来自该第二终端的第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该通信装置的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,发送模块601,还用于向该第二终端发送第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源 分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于不同组,或者该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置和该第二终端属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,接收模块602,还用于接收来自该第二终端的第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端包括至少一个终端;该第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈消息关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置测量的信道状态信息CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置向第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置接收来自该第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收功率RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的信号测量的接收的信号强度指示RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收质量RSRQ;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第二终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRQ。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二终端属于第一组播组;该第二参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置向该第一组播组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置接收来自该第一组播组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图2所示的形式。
比如,图2中的处理器201可以通过调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的方法。
示例性的,图6中的发送模块601和接收模块602的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图6中的发送模块601和接收模块602的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的通信接口204来实现。
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图7示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第二终端或者第二终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述实施例中涉及的第二终端的功能。
作为一种可能的实现方式,图7所示的通信装置包括:接收模块701和发送模块702。
接收模块701,用于接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息。
发送模块702,用于向该第一终端发送第二控制信息,该第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,该可用资源的指示信息用于指示该第一终端的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,该第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;该第二指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息不包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一控制信息是用于指示该通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,接收模块701,还用于收来自所第一终端的第三控制信息,该第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识;或者,该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第三控制信息包含该反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第三控制信息包含反馈可用资源的终端的标识,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息还包括该第三指示信息,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中的预留字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段;或者,该第一指示信息占用该第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段,该第三指示信息占用该第一控制信息中用于指示该第三控制信息格式的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一控制信息包含预留资源的指示信息和/或数据的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该预留资源的指示信息包含时域资源分配,频域资源分配,或资源预留周期中至少一项;该数据的指示信息包含MCS,DMRS模式,DMRS端口号,或偏移指示中至少一项。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,该可用资源的指示 信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该组为组播组或业务组。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和该目的标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于不同组,或者该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组;该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,该组中的组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一终端和该通信装置属于同一组,该可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和该组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;该第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第二控制信息的预留字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息占用该第二控制信息中的第一字段;该第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,MCS所在的字段,DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,发送模块702,还用于向第一终端发送第四控制信息,该第四控制信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示该第二控制信息包含该可用资源的指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息的预留字段;或者,该第四指示信息占用该第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二控制信息还包括可用资源的优先级信息。该优先级信息用于指示该可用资源的优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源包括一个或多个资源集合,该第二控制信息还包括一个或多个资源集合分别对应的目的标识。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括至少一个终端;该通信装置的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,该通信装置的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;其中,该第一参数与信道质量关联,该第二参数与反馈信息关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置测量的CSI测量结果;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向该通信装置发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自该通信装置的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一 终端基于该通信装置发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端基于该通信装置发送的信号测量的RSRQ;或者,该第一参数为预设时间段内,该通信装置基于该第一终端发送的信号测量的RSRQ。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端向与该第一终端同组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,该第二参数为预设时间段内,该第一终端接收来自与该第一终端同组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该可用资源的指示信息还用于指示其他终端的可用资源,该其他终端触发该第二终端反馈可用资源的信息。
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图2所示的形式。
比如,图2中的处理器201可以通过调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的信道状态信息参考信号的传输方法。
示例性的,图7中的接收模块701和发送模块702的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图7中的接收模块701和发送模块702的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的通信接口204来实现。
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图8示出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。该通信装置可以为第三终端或者第三终端中的芯片或者片上系统,或其他可实现上述终端功能的组合器件、部件等,该通信装置可以用于执行上述实施例中涉及的第三终端的功能。
作为一种可能的实现方式,图8所示的通信装置包括:接收模块801和处理模块802。
接收模块801,用于接收来自第二终端的控制信息,该控制信息包括该第二终端反馈给第一终端的可用资源的信息。
处理模块802,用于根据该控制信息选择可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的,处理模块802,具体用于在选择可用资源时,确定不选择该控制信息中指示的可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块802,还具体用于确定第一参数,该第一参数用于判断该控制信息中指示的可用资源是否可用;处理模块802,还具体用于根据该第一参数选择可用资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数包括参考信号接收功率RSRP的门限值,接收的信号强度指示RSSI的门限值,参考信号接收质量RSRQ的门限值,或优先级。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数为第二参数的函数,该第二参数用于确定被预留的资源是否可用。
在一种可能的实现方式中,该控制信息不是该第一终端触发该第二终端发送的。
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各操作的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。
在本实施例中,该通信装置以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置可以采用图2所示的形式。
比如,图2中的处理器201可以通过调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置执行上述方法实施例中的方法。
示例性的,图8中的接收模块801和处理模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图8中的处理模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的处理器201调用存储器203中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图8中的接收模块801的功能/实现过程可以通过图2中的通信接口204来实现。
由于本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。芯片90包括一个或多个处理器901以及接口电路902。可选的,所述芯片90还可以包含总线903。其中:
处理器901可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器901中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器901可以是通用处理器、数字通信器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
接口电路902用于数据、指令或者信息的发送或者接收。处理器901可以利用接口电路902接收的数据、指令或者其它信息,进行加工,可以将加工完成信息通过接口电路902发送出去。
可选的,芯片90还包括存储器,存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供操作指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。
可选的,存储器存储了可执行软件模块或者数据结构,处理器901可以通过调用存储器存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中),执行相应的操作。
可选的,芯片90可以使用在本申请实施例涉及的通信装置中。可选的,接口电路902可用于输出处理器901的执行结果。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的通信方法可参考前述各个实施例,这里不再赘述。
需要说明的,处理器901、接口电路902各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。芯片90包括一个或多个处理器901以及接口电路902。可选的,所述芯片90还可以包含总线903。其中:
处理器901可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器901中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器901可以是通用处理器、数字通信器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
接口电路902用于数据、指令或者信息的发送或者接收。处理器901可以利用接口电路902接收的数据、指令或者其它信息,进行加工,可以将加工完成信息通过接口电路902发送出去。
可选的,芯片90还包括存储器,存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供操作指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(NVRAM)。
可选的,存储器存储了可执行软件模块或者数据结构,处理器可以通过调用存储器存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中),执行相应的操作。
可选的,芯片90可以使用在本申请实施例涉及的通信装置(包括第一终端、第二终端和第三终端)中。可选的,接口电路902可用于输出处理器901的执行结果。关于本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的方法可参考前述各个实施例,这里不再赘述。
需要说明的,处理器901、接口电路902各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。
图10示出了的一种通信系统的组成示意图,如图10所示,该通信系统100中可以包括:终端1001和终端1002。需要说明的是,图10仅为示例性附图,本申请实施例不限定图10所示通信系统100包括的网元以及网元的个数。
其中,终端1001具有上述图6所示通信装置的功能,可以用于向终端1002发送第一控制信息,还可以用于接收来自终端1002的第二控制信息。
终端设备1002具有上述图7所示通信装置的功能,可以用于接收来自终端1001的第一控制信息,还用于向终端1001发送第二控制信息。
可选的,通信系统100还包括终端1003。
终端1003具有上述图8所示通信装置的功能,可以用于接收来自第二终端的控制信息,还用于根据该控制信息选择可用资源。
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到该通信系统100对应网元的功能描述,在此不再赘述。
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要 而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种资源信息的传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    第一终端向第二终端发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;
    所述第一终端接收来自所述第二终端的第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,所述可用资源的指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的可用资源。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,所述第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息占用所述第一控制信息的预留字段;所述第二指示信息占用所述第一控制信息中指示预留资源的字段和/或指示数据信息的字段。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个目的标识,和所述目的标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,
    所述可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组标识,所述组中的组员标识,和所述组员标识对应的可用资源的信息;或者,
    所述可用资源的指示信息包括至少一个组员标识,和所述组员标识对应的可用资源的信息。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第一级侧行链路控制信息;所述第二控制信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二控制信息包含所述可用资源的指示信息。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四指示信息占用所述第二控制信息的预留字段。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用资源的指示信息占用所述第二控制信息中的第一字段;
    所述第一字段包括以下字段中的一个或多个:时域资源分配所在的字段,频域资源分配所在的字段,资源预留周期所在的字段,调制编码方案MCS所在的字段,解调参考信号DMRS模式所在的字段,DMRS端口号所在的字段,第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段或偏移指示所在的字段。
  12. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二控制信息为两级侧行链路控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息,所述方法还包括:
    所述第一终端接收来自所述第二终端的第四控制信息,所述第四控制信息用于指示所述第二控制信息包含所述可用资源的指示信息。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四控制信息包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二控制信息包含所述可用资源的指示信息。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第四指示信息占用所述第四控制信息的预留字段;
    或者,所述第四指示信息占用所述第四控制信息中的第二级侧行链路控制信息格式所在的字段。
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端包括至少一个终端;
    所述第二终端的第一参数大于或等于第一阈值;或者,
    所述第二终端的第二参数小于或等于第二阈值;
    其中,所述第一参数与信道质量关联,所述第二参数与反馈消息关联。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端测量的信道状态信息CSI测量结果;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第二终端测量的CSI测量结果;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端向第二终端发送的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端接收来自所述第二终端的反馈消息中确认消息所占的百分比;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端基于所述第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收功率RSRP;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第二终端基于所述第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRP;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端基于所述第二终端发送的信号测量的接收的信号强度指示RSSI;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第二终端基于所述第一终端发送的信号测量的RSSI;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端基于所述第二终端发送的参考信号测量的参考信号接收质量RSRQ;或者,
    所述第一参数为预设时间段内,所述第二终端基于所述第一终端发送的参考信号测量的RSRQ。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端属于第一组播组;
    所述第二参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端向所述第一组播组的终端发送的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比;或者,
    所述第二参数为预设时间段内,所述第一终端接收来自所述第一组播组的终端的反馈消息中否定确认消息所占的百分比。
  18. 一种资源信息的传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    第二终端接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;
    所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,所述可用资源的指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的可用资源。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,所述第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,所述方法还包括:
    所述第二终端接收来自所述第一终端的第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:发送模块和接收模块;
    所述发送模块,用于向第二终端发送第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息;
    所述接收模块,用于接收来自所述第二终端的第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,所述可用资源的指示信息用于指示所述通信装置的可用资源。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,所述第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述第二终端反馈可用资源的信息的,
    所述发送模块,还用于向所述第二终端发送第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第三控制信息包含所述 反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:接收模块和发送模块;
    所述接收模块,用于接收来自第一终端的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于指示所述通信装置反馈可用资源的信息;
    所述发送模块,用于向所述第一终端发送第二控制信息,所述第二控制信息包含可用资源的指示信息,所述可用资源的指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的可用资源。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,所述第二指示信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一控制信息是用于指示所述通信装置反馈可用资源的信息的,
    所述接收模块,还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息用于指示反馈可用资源的终端的标识。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识和源标识,或者,所述第三控制信息包含所述反馈可用资源的终端的标识,源标识和用于数据通信的终端的标识。
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求18至21中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/097757 2020-06-03 2021-06-01 资源信息的传输方法及装置 WO2021244546A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010496785.1A CN113766645A (zh) 2020-06-03 2020-06-03 资源信息的传输方法及装置
CN202010496785.1 2020-06-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021244546A1 true WO2021244546A1 (zh) 2021-12-09

Family

ID=78783342

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/097757 WO2021244546A1 (zh) 2020-06-03 2021-06-01 资源信息的传输方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113766645A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021244546A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023115245A1 (zh) * 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信的方法和终端设备

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106793092A (zh) * 2015-11-19 2017-05-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 控制信道资源的获取方法及设备
CN107534828A (zh) * 2015-04-08 2018-01-02 英特尔公司 用于增强的设备到设备(d2d)的控制信令机制
US20200029340A1 (en) * 2018-07-19 2020-01-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
CN111901783A (zh) * 2020-04-02 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源获取、资源调度方法、终端、服务节点及介质
CN112291743A (zh) * 2020-10-23 2021-01-29 大唐高鸿数据网络技术股份有限公司 资源选择方法、装置及终端设备

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109905224B (zh) * 2017-06-16 2020-06-26 华为技术有限公司 传输方法、网络设备和终端
WO2020060276A1 (ko) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 v2x 통신을 수행하는 단말의 동작 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 장치

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107534828A (zh) * 2015-04-08 2018-01-02 英特尔公司 用于增强的设备到设备(d2d)的控制信令机制
CN106793092A (zh) * 2015-11-19 2017-05-31 中兴通讯股份有限公司 控制信道资源的获取方法及设备
US20200029340A1 (en) * 2018-07-19 2020-01-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for nr v2x resource selection
CN111901783A (zh) * 2020-04-02 2020-11-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 资源获取、资源调度方法、终端、服务节点及介质
CN112291743A (zh) * 2020-10-23 2021-01-29 大唐高鸿数据网络技术股份有限公司 资源选择方法、装置及终端设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MEDIATEK INC.: "3GPP TSG RAN WG1 Meeting #95 R1-1812367", ON SIDELINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION MECHANISM, 3 November 2018 (2018-11-03), XP051554276 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113766645A (zh) 2021-12-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7137638B2 (ja) 端末、方法、及びシステム
CN110891314B (zh) 一种通信方法、资源分配方法及装置
JP7416933B2 (ja) サイドリンクチャネル状態情報報告を送信するための方法、装置、およびシステム
JP7405858B2 (ja) マッピング方法、ノード、通信装置、及び記憶媒体
JP6553635B2 (ja) D2d関連情報の指示及びd2d伝送リソースの決めのための方法及び装置
EP4093132A1 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating resources through cooperation between terminals in v2x system
US11291059B2 (en) Methods, user equipment and base station for sidelink identification
WO2020192244A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
KR20160118157A (ko) D2d 통신 시스템에서 우선 순위를 처리하는 방법 및 장치
WO2020244599A1 (zh) 一种反馈指示方法及通信装置
WO2017113173A1 (zh) 一种链路资源的请求方法、用户设备及基站
WO2021062833A1 (zh) 侧行链路的配置方法、装置、设备以及存储介质
WO2021244546A1 (zh) 资源信息的传输方法及装置
WO2021062774A1 (zh) 一种侧行链路资源处理的方法、装置和系统
JP7481440B2 (ja) ハイブリッド自動再送要求処理方法及び通信装置
JP6477916B2 (ja) 発見情報の伝送方法、装置及び通信システム
CN116326050A (zh) 侧行链路载波管理方法、装置和系统
WO2020108043A1 (zh) 一种信息发送方法、接收方法及装置
WO2019206080A1 (zh) 信道资源协调分配方法及装置
WO2022121726A1 (zh) 一种资源分配方法及装置
WO2020216083A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、通信装置及终端设备
WO2021087997A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法以及装置
JP2024502053A (ja) 通信方法、通信装置および通信システム
WO2021212335A1 (zh) 配置信息的接收方法及装置
US20230362928A1 (en) Pucch transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21817451

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21817451

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1